centerline 2500 low voltage motor control...
TRANSCRIPT
CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers and Switchgear Assemblies Selection GuideDesigned for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
2 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014
Table of Contents
Whatrsquos New 3
CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers 4
Select Network Technology 11Network 11IntelliCENTER Software 14
Select Structure 17
ArcShield Technology 23
Select Power Systems 24
Select Unit Designs 27Unit Size 27Unit Style 27Rotary Operating Handles 30Unit Disconnect Means 30Stab Assembly 31Control and Network Connections 32Unit Doors 32Control Power 33
Select Unit Types 34Main and Feeder Units34Starter Units 41Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units 50Network PLC and IO Compartments 58
Review MCC Technical Specifications 60
Selection Checklist 61
3
E300 Electronic Overload RelayThe E300trade is the next generation electronic overload relay from Allen-Bradley Its modular design communication options diagnostic information simplified wiring and integration into Logix make it the ideal overload for motor control applications in an automation system The E300 overload relay provides flexibility reduces engineering time and maximizes uptime for important motor starter applications
The E300 incorporates the newest technologies directly into the device to ease installation and configuration
bull MultipleaccessoriesallowexpansionuptofourdigitalIOandup to four analog IO modules along with a power supply and operator interface
bull On-devicesettingsforconfiguringanetworkaddressrestoringfactory default settings and enabling security settings
bull IncludesdualEtherNetIPportsanexpansionIOportandremovableterminalblocks
Whatrsquos New
PowerFlex 525 AC DrivesCENTERLINEreg 2500 Motor Control Centers are now packaged with PowerFlexreg 525 drives The PowerFlex 525 drive is made up of two modules that can be detached for simultaneous and independent wiring installation and software configuration This innovative design lets you begin mounting the power modules while configuring the control modules is performed elsewhere thus helping speed up installation
The PowerFlex 525 has a common set of features and options to help you maximize your investment and improve your productivity
bull AstandardUSBconnectionhelpsyouuploadanddownloadconfiguration files quickly
bull AnembeddedportforEtherNetIPsupportsseamlessintegration into the Logix environment and EtherNetIP networks
bull AnintegralLCDhumaninterfacemodule(HIM)supportsmultiple languages and features scrolling text to explain parameters and codes easing configuration
bull HelpsprotectpersonnelwithstandardembeddedSafeTorque-Offbull AppViewtradeparametergroupshelpspeedconfigurationforapplicationslikeconveyorsmixerspumpsandfansbull Awiderangeofmotorcontroloptionsincludingvoltsperhertzsensorlessvectorcontrolclosedloopvelocityvector
control and control for permanent magnet motors support many applications
4
The Allen-Bradleyreg CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center (MCC) from Rockwell Automationreg uses the latest technology in motor control devices The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed and built for the demanding needs of global markets so it meets standards and requirements anywhere in the world
High Performance Motor Control CentersThe CENTERLINE 2500 provides fully withdrawable units with the full range of IEC components AC drives soft starters and other devices For customers seeking simplified integration the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC provides intelligent control with common communication protocols easily networked in the MCC
Because the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to international standards customers can leverage corporate standards and control schemes on a global basis achieve a consistent integrated architecture standard and use uniform safety designs
Integrated Power SolutionIn addition to a complete line of motor control equipment the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC also packages power distribution equipment Your CENTERLINE 2500 MCC can include air circuit breakers feeders main-tie-mains mains and transformers This lets you have a totally integrated low voltage power package
Featuresbull Fully withdrawable units ndash Plug-in line load control ground and network
communications ndash Four position withdrawal mechanism with dedicated
Test position ndash Easily removable without special toolsbull High unit density up to 24 units per columnbull Rotary or flange handlesbull Three or four wire power system capabilitybull Center-mounted horizontal bus up to 4000 Abull Built-in EtherNetIP or DeviceNet with
IntelliCENTERreg technologybull Intelligent motor controls including electronic overload
relays AC drives and soft startersbull Fully metric design (hardware and exterior dimensions)bull Air circuit breaker mains and feeders availablebull Optional form 2b isolation provides more compact
packaging
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is ideal for customers who want to leverage the same architecture components programming language and networking regardless of where you do business all while knowing you receive unparalleled support from a single-source provider
With more intelligent components and more options than other motor control center manufacturers you can get a complete power control and information solution CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are packaged to meet your local specifications and are built on a common platform
IntelliCENTER TechnologyNetworked CENTERLINE MCCs enhance performance through system-wide communications sharing diagnostic information for predictive maintenance and initiating warnings before potential faults occur
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC delivers this by using IntelliCENTER Technology a preconfigured and tested software that provides built-in networking IntelliCENTER technology enhances the intelligence of an MCC by using built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics
5
66
Intelligent Motor Controls CENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology combine intelligent motor control and protection devices to give you an inside look at your motor control application IntelliCENTER technology can provide advanced networking and diagnostic capabilities with a built-in network intelligent motor controls and advanced monitoring software all preconfigured and tested at the factory
Built-in NetworkCENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology offers EtherNetIP and DeviceNet as factory-validated and tested embedded systems This reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed allowing you to quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere
IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe addition of IntelliCENTER Software provides the ultimate window into your MCC The software puts both real time diagnostics and MCC documentation at your fingertips to maximize MCC and related equipment performance Graphical views of individual MCC units display device data allowing you to quickly view critical status information
Integration Assistant
With IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant you can seamlessly integrate your IntelliCENTER MCCs into RSLogixtrade 5000 programming software This feature helps reduce programming time by automatically adding the CENTERLINE MCC devices to the Studio 5000reg IO tree
IntelliCENTER Energy
IntelliCENTER Energy offers a preconfigured setup of FactoryTalkreg EnergyMetrixtrade software for intelligent motor control devices in the MCC including variable speed drives overload relays and SMCs With IntelliCENTER Energy you can view energy consumption at the device level directly from IntelliCENTER software making it easier to monitor and manage energy usage in the industrial facility
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
With its lsquoplug-and-playrsquo setup IntelliCENTER Technology reduces installation time and minimizes facility downtime It is able to quickly start delivering intelligent diagnostic and predictive failure information
Daewoo Shipbuilding Marine Engineering ndash South Korea
Increase Uptime with Advanced Maintenance Tools
The preconfigured software provides maintenance personnel with easy access to critical CENTERLINE MCC configured information and process data for troubleshooting The configurable views provide system status at a glance and help keep facilities running with electronic documentation remote diagnostics and predictive maintenance IntelliCENTER software significantly reduces HMI programming time and PLC development time with automatic tag generation and even complete network configuration before the MCC is powered up
Enhance Personnel SafetyEnhanced safety is realized with access to real-time data for remote monitoring configuration and troubleshooting of intelligent motor control devices IntelliCENTER software harnesses the power of the Integrated Architecture system to allow you access to critical MCC information from anywhere in your facility IntelliCENTER technology increases your access to information minimizes maintenance and troubleshooting time with real-time motor control diagnostics and increases productivity with complete packaged and pre-engineered solutions for your most challenging applications
7
ldquoWe receive an alarm in the main plant control room if amperage in one pump controller is too high and we can go directly to the problem and fix it In some instances the systemrsquos predictive monitoring in the MCCs helps us address over-amperage problems before faultingrdquo
Bob Moreno City of Yuma AZ ndash USA
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
Global and Regional StandardsThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to meet your entire operationsrsquo needs so you can implement a consistent solution and supplier throughout your facilities anywhere in the world For a complete list of standards and certifications see page 60
SafetyThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to provide you with an improved safety offering Standard safety features help protect employees and keep your process up and running
bull Rigid structural design with side sheets on all sections provide better isolation and continuous internal mounting angles main bus and lifting angle
bull Solid unit base plates help prevent a unit fault from cascading to other units within the column
bull Arc-free zones provide you areas within your MCC where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation
bull Continuous bus bracing provides a fully isolated vertical bus
bull Automatic shutters immediately isolate vertical bus when unit is removed
bull Unit interlock mechanism designed to make servicing saferbull Dedicated vertical wireway for customer connectionsbull Locking provisions provide additional safety in all
four unit positions (connected test disconnected and withdrawn)
bull Isolated unit power stab assemblybull Machine-torqued two-bolt fastening system used
for the vertical-to-horizontal bus connection
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
ldquoThe safety issue is one of the things that we are happiest with The old system created hazardous troubleshooting conditions with technicians having to test and probe and work around live wires within a confined panel spacerdquo
Ronnie Sexton Acme Brick ndash USA
Pressure Relief System (on top of each section of CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield)
8
ArcShield ColumnStandard Column
ArcShieldThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShieldtrade offers better protection against harmful arc flash hazards and helps protect your personnel if an arc flash were to occur within an MCC This protection can help increase facility uptime by minimizing the potential damage to equipment
Although operators and manufacturers of low voltage systems are becoming more experienced there is still a risk of internal arc generation To enhance the protection of personnel and equipment Rockwell Automation tests the CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs to IECTR 61641 ed 20 2008-1 which is a standard for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal fault
In combination with the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides additional benefits including
bull Heavy duty ground stab on withdrawable unitsbull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCCbull Internal ventilation to protect personnelbull Pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases
through the top of the enclosure away from personnelbull Arc containment latches and hinges on all doors capable
of withstanding the high internal pressure generated by an arc blast
bull Thicker doors with reinforced flanges
With the addition of IntelliCENTER technology your personnel can remotely monitor and access data for troubleshooting minimizing the need for entry in the arc flash boundary zone
The CENTERLINE 2500 low voltage MCC with ArcShield was tested against the IECTR 61641standard It passed all tests at 480V with a rated frequency of 5060 Hz and arcing time of 300 ms and test current of 65 kA
9
Arc Containment Latch
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 201410 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014
Step 1 Select Network TechnologyChoose the level and type of networking technology diagnostic and HMI software tools and additional arc flash safety features
Step 2 Select StructureChoose the IP rating you require the width and depth of the column (size of wireways) and the degree of separation
Step 4 Select Unit DesignsChoose type of operating handles door latches color and type of nameplates
Step 6 Selection ChecklistComplete the selection checklist and contact your local sales office
Step 3 Select Power SystemsChoose 3 or 4 wire electrical system horizontal and vertical power bus capacity bus withstand and short circuit withstand rating
Step 5 Select Unit TypesChoose the type of units from lugs and breakers non-motor loads starters soft starters variable frequency drive and PLCs
Select Unit Designs
Select Structure
Select Power Systems
Select Unit Types
Selection Checklist
Select Network Technology
10
Selection ProcessUse the following sections in this publication to select a CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11
Select Network Technology
Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network
Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays
IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information
Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning
IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics
EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration
NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise
The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system
Select Network Technology
12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
EtherNetIP
Devices
Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column
Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire
Cabling
The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution
System Performance
The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud
An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices
(1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches
EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13
EtherNetIP Components
Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet
IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP
POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system
The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter
settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes
bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches
For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003
DeviceNet
Devices
DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors
Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system
Cabling
All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
Select Network Technology
14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
System Performance
The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)
The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its
replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet
systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data
via IO explicit messaging
DeviceNet Components
Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state
overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet
starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary
For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002
IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views
Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process
bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them
bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring
diagrams or spare parts
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15
Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields
bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real
time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor
view
Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result
Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information
Manuals and Wiring Diagrams
The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most
bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC
bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams
bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC
bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings
Spreadsheet View
This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information
bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type
Monitor View
Energy Monitoring and Management View
Spare Parts List View
Event Log View
The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes
Spare Parts List
A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor
Integration Assistant
IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time
bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC
bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)
bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application
Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network
IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized
When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC
Select Network Technology
16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17
Select Structure
Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front
bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the
rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly
Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information
For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration
Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service
Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage
Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations
Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together
Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block
Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site
Double Front Configuration
Single Front Configuration
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Typical Column
Top Wireway Endplates
Top Wireway Barrier
Top Wireway Cover
Vertical Wireway Door
Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly
Single Unit Support Pan
Bottom Plates
Top Wireway Pan
Center End Closing Plate
Horizontal Power Bus (3)
Network Wireway
Mounting Channels
Left Side Plate
Top Plate
Lifting Angle
Bottom Wireway Endplates
Bottom Wireway Cover
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19
Select Structure
Column Dimensions
All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified
Width
Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway
600(1) 600 None
700 500 200
800 300
900 400
1000 500
(1) Only for full column frame mount applications
Depth
Single Front Double Front
600 1200
800 1600 or 2000(1)
(1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns
Height
Dimension Measurement
Total height 2300
Available unit height 1980
Top horizontal wireway 170
Bottom horizontal wireway 115
External mounting channel 35
Weight(1) (kg)
Column Width
Column Depth
600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)
600 700 350 450
800 400 525
900 450 575
1000 500 650
(1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights
600hellip1000
170
1980
115
35
200hellip500500 or 600
600 or 800
2300
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings
bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)
Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps
Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment
The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC
The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information
Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance
The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request
Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover
WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location
Horizontal Wireways
Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns
Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup
Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
2 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014
Table of Contents
Whatrsquos New 3
CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers 4
Select Network Technology 11Network 11IntelliCENTER Software 14
Select Structure 17
ArcShield Technology 23
Select Power Systems 24
Select Unit Designs 27Unit Size 27Unit Style 27Rotary Operating Handles 30Unit Disconnect Means 30Stab Assembly 31Control and Network Connections 32Unit Doors 32Control Power 33
Select Unit Types 34Main and Feeder Units34Starter Units 41Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units 50Network PLC and IO Compartments 58
Review MCC Technical Specifications 60
Selection Checklist 61
3
E300 Electronic Overload RelayThe E300trade is the next generation electronic overload relay from Allen-Bradley Its modular design communication options diagnostic information simplified wiring and integration into Logix make it the ideal overload for motor control applications in an automation system The E300 overload relay provides flexibility reduces engineering time and maximizes uptime for important motor starter applications
The E300 incorporates the newest technologies directly into the device to ease installation and configuration
bull MultipleaccessoriesallowexpansionuptofourdigitalIOandup to four analog IO modules along with a power supply and operator interface
bull On-devicesettingsforconfiguringanetworkaddressrestoringfactory default settings and enabling security settings
bull IncludesdualEtherNetIPportsanexpansionIOportandremovableterminalblocks
Whatrsquos New
PowerFlex 525 AC DrivesCENTERLINEreg 2500 Motor Control Centers are now packaged with PowerFlexreg 525 drives The PowerFlex 525 drive is made up of two modules that can be detached for simultaneous and independent wiring installation and software configuration This innovative design lets you begin mounting the power modules while configuring the control modules is performed elsewhere thus helping speed up installation
The PowerFlex 525 has a common set of features and options to help you maximize your investment and improve your productivity
bull AstandardUSBconnectionhelpsyouuploadanddownloadconfiguration files quickly
bull AnembeddedportforEtherNetIPsupportsseamlessintegration into the Logix environment and EtherNetIP networks
bull AnintegralLCDhumaninterfacemodule(HIM)supportsmultiple languages and features scrolling text to explain parameters and codes easing configuration
bull HelpsprotectpersonnelwithstandardembeddedSafeTorque-Offbull AppViewtradeparametergroupshelpspeedconfigurationforapplicationslikeconveyorsmixerspumpsandfansbull Awiderangeofmotorcontroloptionsincludingvoltsperhertzsensorlessvectorcontrolclosedloopvelocityvector
control and control for permanent magnet motors support many applications
4
The Allen-Bradleyreg CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center (MCC) from Rockwell Automationreg uses the latest technology in motor control devices The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed and built for the demanding needs of global markets so it meets standards and requirements anywhere in the world
High Performance Motor Control CentersThe CENTERLINE 2500 provides fully withdrawable units with the full range of IEC components AC drives soft starters and other devices For customers seeking simplified integration the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC provides intelligent control with common communication protocols easily networked in the MCC
Because the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to international standards customers can leverage corporate standards and control schemes on a global basis achieve a consistent integrated architecture standard and use uniform safety designs
Integrated Power SolutionIn addition to a complete line of motor control equipment the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC also packages power distribution equipment Your CENTERLINE 2500 MCC can include air circuit breakers feeders main-tie-mains mains and transformers This lets you have a totally integrated low voltage power package
Featuresbull Fully withdrawable units ndash Plug-in line load control ground and network
communications ndash Four position withdrawal mechanism with dedicated
Test position ndash Easily removable without special toolsbull High unit density up to 24 units per columnbull Rotary or flange handlesbull Three or four wire power system capabilitybull Center-mounted horizontal bus up to 4000 Abull Built-in EtherNetIP or DeviceNet with
IntelliCENTERreg technologybull Intelligent motor controls including electronic overload
relays AC drives and soft startersbull Fully metric design (hardware and exterior dimensions)bull Air circuit breaker mains and feeders availablebull Optional form 2b isolation provides more compact
packaging
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is ideal for customers who want to leverage the same architecture components programming language and networking regardless of where you do business all while knowing you receive unparalleled support from a single-source provider
With more intelligent components and more options than other motor control center manufacturers you can get a complete power control and information solution CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are packaged to meet your local specifications and are built on a common platform
IntelliCENTER TechnologyNetworked CENTERLINE MCCs enhance performance through system-wide communications sharing diagnostic information for predictive maintenance and initiating warnings before potential faults occur
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC delivers this by using IntelliCENTER Technology a preconfigured and tested software that provides built-in networking IntelliCENTER technology enhances the intelligence of an MCC by using built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics
5
66
Intelligent Motor Controls CENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology combine intelligent motor control and protection devices to give you an inside look at your motor control application IntelliCENTER technology can provide advanced networking and diagnostic capabilities with a built-in network intelligent motor controls and advanced monitoring software all preconfigured and tested at the factory
Built-in NetworkCENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology offers EtherNetIP and DeviceNet as factory-validated and tested embedded systems This reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed allowing you to quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere
IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe addition of IntelliCENTER Software provides the ultimate window into your MCC The software puts both real time diagnostics and MCC documentation at your fingertips to maximize MCC and related equipment performance Graphical views of individual MCC units display device data allowing you to quickly view critical status information
Integration Assistant
With IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant you can seamlessly integrate your IntelliCENTER MCCs into RSLogixtrade 5000 programming software This feature helps reduce programming time by automatically adding the CENTERLINE MCC devices to the Studio 5000reg IO tree
IntelliCENTER Energy
IntelliCENTER Energy offers a preconfigured setup of FactoryTalkreg EnergyMetrixtrade software for intelligent motor control devices in the MCC including variable speed drives overload relays and SMCs With IntelliCENTER Energy you can view energy consumption at the device level directly from IntelliCENTER software making it easier to monitor and manage energy usage in the industrial facility
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
With its lsquoplug-and-playrsquo setup IntelliCENTER Technology reduces installation time and minimizes facility downtime It is able to quickly start delivering intelligent diagnostic and predictive failure information
Daewoo Shipbuilding Marine Engineering ndash South Korea
Increase Uptime with Advanced Maintenance Tools
The preconfigured software provides maintenance personnel with easy access to critical CENTERLINE MCC configured information and process data for troubleshooting The configurable views provide system status at a glance and help keep facilities running with electronic documentation remote diagnostics and predictive maintenance IntelliCENTER software significantly reduces HMI programming time and PLC development time with automatic tag generation and even complete network configuration before the MCC is powered up
Enhance Personnel SafetyEnhanced safety is realized with access to real-time data for remote monitoring configuration and troubleshooting of intelligent motor control devices IntelliCENTER software harnesses the power of the Integrated Architecture system to allow you access to critical MCC information from anywhere in your facility IntelliCENTER technology increases your access to information minimizes maintenance and troubleshooting time with real-time motor control diagnostics and increases productivity with complete packaged and pre-engineered solutions for your most challenging applications
7
ldquoWe receive an alarm in the main plant control room if amperage in one pump controller is too high and we can go directly to the problem and fix it In some instances the systemrsquos predictive monitoring in the MCCs helps us address over-amperage problems before faultingrdquo
Bob Moreno City of Yuma AZ ndash USA
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
Global and Regional StandardsThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to meet your entire operationsrsquo needs so you can implement a consistent solution and supplier throughout your facilities anywhere in the world For a complete list of standards and certifications see page 60
SafetyThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to provide you with an improved safety offering Standard safety features help protect employees and keep your process up and running
bull Rigid structural design with side sheets on all sections provide better isolation and continuous internal mounting angles main bus and lifting angle
bull Solid unit base plates help prevent a unit fault from cascading to other units within the column
bull Arc-free zones provide you areas within your MCC where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation
bull Continuous bus bracing provides a fully isolated vertical bus
bull Automatic shutters immediately isolate vertical bus when unit is removed
bull Unit interlock mechanism designed to make servicing saferbull Dedicated vertical wireway for customer connectionsbull Locking provisions provide additional safety in all
four unit positions (connected test disconnected and withdrawn)
bull Isolated unit power stab assemblybull Machine-torqued two-bolt fastening system used
for the vertical-to-horizontal bus connection
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
ldquoThe safety issue is one of the things that we are happiest with The old system created hazardous troubleshooting conditions with technicians having to test and probe and work around live wires within a confined panel spacerdquo
Ronnie Sexton Acme Brick ndash USA
Pressure Relief System (on top of each section of CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield)
8
ArcShield ColumnStandard Column
ArcShieldThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShieldtrade offers better protection against harmful arc flash hazards and helps protect your personnel if an arc flash were to occur within an MCC This protection can help increase facility uptime by minimizing the potential damage to equipment
Although operators and manufacturers of low voltage systems are becoming more experienced there is still a risk of internal arc generation To enhance the protection of personnel and equipment Rockwell Automation tests the CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs to IECTR 61641 ed 20 2008-1 which is a standard for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal fault
In combination with the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides additional benefits including
bull Heavy duty ground stab on withdrawable unitsbull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCCbull Internal ventilation to protect personnelbull Pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases
through the top of the enclosure away from personnelbull Arc containment latches and hinges on all doors capable
of withstanding the high internal pressure generated by an arc blast
bull Thicker doors with reinforced flanges
With the addition of IntelliCENTER technology your personnel can remotely monitor and access data for troubleshooting minimizing the need for entry in the arc flash boundary zone
The CENTERLINE 2500 low voltage MCC with ArcShield was tested against the IECTR 61641standard It passed all tests at 480V with a rated frequency of 5060 Hz and arcing time of 300 ms and test current of 65 kA
9
Arc Containment Latch
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 201410 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014
Step 1 Select Network TechnologyChoose the level and type of networking technology diagnostic and HMI software tools and additional arc flash safety features
Step 2 Select StructureChoose the IP rating you require the width and depth of the column (size of wireways) and the degree of separation
Step 4 Select Unit DesignsChoose type of operating handles door latches color and type of nameplates
Step 6 Selection ChecklistComplete the selection checklist and contact your local sales office
Step 3 Select Power SystemsChoose 3 or 4 wire electrical system horizontal and vertical power bus capacity bus withstand and short circuit withstand rating
Step 5 Select Unit TypesChoose the type of units from lugs and breakers non-motor loads starters soft starters variable frequency drive and PLCs
Select Unit Designs
Select Structure
Select Power Systems
Select Unit Types
Selection Checklist
Select Network Technology
10
Selection ProcessUse the following sections in this publication to select a CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11
Select Network Technology
Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network
Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays
IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information
Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning
IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics
EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration
NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise
The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system
Select Network Technology
12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
EtherNetIP
Devices
Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column
Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire
Cabling
The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution
System Performance
The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud
An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices
(1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches
EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13
EtherNetIP Components
Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet
IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP
POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system
The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter
settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes
bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches
For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003
DeviceNet
Devices
DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors
Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system
Cabling
All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
Select Network Technology
14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
System Performance
The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)
The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its
replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet
systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data
via IO explicit messaging
DeviceNet Components
Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state
overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet
starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary
For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002
IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views
Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process
bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them
bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring
diagrams or spare parts
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15
Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields
bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real
time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor
view
Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result
Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information
Manuals and Wiring Diagrams
The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most
bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC
bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams
bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC
bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings
Spreadsheet View
This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information
bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type
Monitor View
Energy Monitoring and Management View
Spare Parts List View
Event Log View
The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes
Spare Parts List
A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor
Integration Assistant
IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time
bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC
bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)
bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application
Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network
IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized
When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC
Select Network Technology
16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17
Select Structure
Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front
bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the
rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly
Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information
For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration
Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service
Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage
Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations
Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together
Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block
Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site
Double Front Configuration
Single Front Configuration
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Typical Column
Top Wireway Endplates
Top Wireway Barrier
Top Wireway Cover
Vertical Wireway Door
Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly
Single Unit Support Pan
Bottom Plates
Top Wireway Pan
Center End Closing Plate
Horizontal Power Bus (3)
Network Wireway
Mounting Channels
Left Side Plate
Top Plate
Lifting Angle
Bottom Wireway Endplates
Bottom Wireway Cover
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19
Select Structure
Column Dimensions
All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified
Width
Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway
600(1) 600 None
700 500 200
800 300
900 400
1000 500
(1) Only for full column frame mount applications
Depth
Single Front Double Front
600 1200
800 1600 or 2000(1)
(1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns
Height
Dimension Measurement
Total height 2300
Available unit height 1980
Top horizontal wireway 170
Bottom horizontal wireway 115
External mounting channel 35
Weight(1) (kg)
Column Width
Column Depth
600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)
600 700 350 450
800 400 525
900 450 575
1000 500 650
(1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights
600hellip1000
170
1980
115
35
200hellip500500 or 600
600 or 800
2300
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings
bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)
Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps
Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment
The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC
The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information
Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance
The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request
Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover
WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location
Horizontal Wireways
Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns
Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup
Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
3
E300 Electronic Overload RelayThe E300trade is the next generation electronic overload relay from Allen-Bradley Its modular design communication options diagnostic information simplified wiring and integration into Logix make it the ideal overload for motor control applications in an automation system The E300 overload relay provides flexibility reduces engineering time and maximizes uptime for important motor starter applications
The E300 incorporates the newest technologies directly into the device to ease installation and configuration
bull MultipleaccessoriesallowexpansionuptofourdigitalIOandup to four analog IO modules along with a power supply and operator interface
bull On-devicesettingsforconfiguringanetworkaddressrestoringfactory default settings and enabling security settings
bull IncludesdualEtherNetIPportsanexpansionIOportandremovableterminalblocks
Whatrsquos New
PowerFlex 525 AC DrivesCENTERLINEreg 2500 Motor Control Centers are now packaged with PowerFlexreg 525 drives The PowerFlex 525 drive is made up of two modules that can be detached for simultaneous and independent wiring installation and software configuration This innovative design lets you begin mounting the power modules while configuring the control modules is performed elsewhere thus helping speed up installation
The PowerFlex 525 has a common set of features and options to help you maximize your investment and improve your productivity
bull AstandardUSBconnectionhelpsyouuploadanddownloadconfiguration files quickly
bull AnembeddedportforEtherNetIPsupportsseamlessintegration into the Logix environment and EtherNetIP networks
bull AnintegralLCDhumaninterfacemodule(HIM)supportsmultiple languages and features scrolling text to explain parameters and codes easing configuration
bull HelpsprotectpersonnelwithstandardembeddedSafeTorque-Offbull AppViewtradeparametergroupshelpspeedconfigurationforapplicationslikeconveyorsmixerspumpsandfansbull Awiderangeofmotorcontroloptionsincludingvoltsperhertzsensorlessvectorcontrolclosedloopvelocityvector
control and control for permanent magnet motors support many applications
4
The Allen-Bradleyreg CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center (MCC) from Rockwell Automationreg uses the latest technology in motor control devices The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed and built for the demanding needs of global markets so it meets standards and requirements anywhere in the world
High Performance Motor Control CentersThe CENTERLINE 2500 provides fully withdrawable units with the full range of IEC components AC drives soft starters and other devices For customers seeking simplified integration the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC provides intelligent control with common communication protocols easily networked in the MCC
Because the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to international standards customers can leverage corporate standards and control schemes on a global basis achieve a consistent integrated architecture standard and use uniform safety designs
Integrated Power SolutionIn addition to a complete line of motor control equipment the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC also packages power distribution equipment Your CENTERLINE 2500 MCC can include air circuit breakers feeders main-tie-mains mains and transformers This lets you have a totally integrated low voltage power package
Featuresbull Fully withdrawable units ndash Plug-in line load control ground and network
communications ndash Four position withdrawal mechanism with dedicated
Test position ndash Easily removable without special toolsbull High unit density up to 24 units per columnbull Rotary or flange handlesbull Three or four wire power system capabilitybull Center-mounted horizontal bus up to 4000 Abull Built-in EtherNetIP or DeviceNet with
IntelliCENTERreg technologybull Intelligent motor controls including electronic overload
relays AC drives and soft startersbull Fully metric design (hardware and exterior dimensions)bull Air circuit breaker mains and feeders availablebull Optional form 2b isolation provides more compact
packaging
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is ideal for customers who want to leverage the same architecture components programming language and networking regardless of where you do business all while knowing you receive unparalleled support from a single-source provider
With more intelligent components and more options than other motor control center manufacturers you can get a complete power control and information solution CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are packaged to meet your local specifications and are built on a common platform
IntelliCENTER TechnologyNetworked CENTERLINE MCCs enhance performance through system-wide communications sharing diagnostic information for predictive maintenance and initiating warnings before potential faults occur
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC delivers this by using IntelliCENTER Technology a preconfigured and tested software that provides built-in networking IntelliCENTER technology enhances the intelligence of an MCC by using built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics
5
66
Intelligent Motor Controls CENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology combine intelligent motor control and protection devices to give you an inside look at your motor control application IntelliCENTER technology can provide advanced networking and diagnostic capabilities with a built-in network intelligent motor controls and advanced monitoring software all preconfigured and tested at the factory
Built-in NetworkCENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology offers EtherNetIP and DeviceNet as factory-validated and tested embedded systems This reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed allowing you to quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere
IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe addition of IntelliCENTER Software provides the ultimate window into your MCC The software puts both real time diagnostics and MCC documentation at your fingertips to maximize MCC and related equipment performance Graphical views of individual MCC units display device data allowing you to quickly view critical status information
Integration Assistant
With IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant you can seamlessly integrate your IntelliCENTER MCCs into RSLogixtrade 5000 programming software This feature helps reduce programming time by automatically adding the CENTERLINE MCC devices to the Studio 5000reg IO tree
IntelliCENTER Energy
IntelliCENTER Energy offers a preconfigured setup of FactoryTalkreg EnergyMetrixtrade software for intelligent motor control devices in the MCC including variable speed drives overload relays and SMCs With IntelliCENTER Energy you can view energy consumption at the device level directly from IntelliCENTER software making it easier to monitor and manage energy usage in the industrial facility
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
With its lsquoplug-and-playrsquo setup IntelliCENTER Technology reduces installation time and minimizes facility downtime It is able to quickly start delivering intelligent diagnostic and predictive failure information
Daewoo Shipbuilding Marine Engineering ndash South Korea
Increase Uptime with Advanced Maintenance Tools
The preconfigured software provides maintenance personnel with easy access to critical CENTERLINE MCC configured information and process data for troubleshooting The configurable views provide system status at a glance and help keep facilities running with electronic documentation remote diagnostics and predictive maintenance IntelliCENTER software significantly reduces HMI programming time and PLC development time with automatic tag generation and even complete network configuration before the MCC is powered up
Enhance Personnel SafetyEnhanced safety is realized with access to real-time data for remote monitoring configuration and troubleshooting of intelligent motor control devices IntelliCENTER software harnesses the power of the Integrated Architecture system to allow you access to critical MCC information from anywhere in your facility IntelliCENTER technology increases your access to information minimizes maintenance and troubleshooting time with real-time motor control diagnostics and increases productivity with complete packaged and pre-engineered solutions for your most challenging applications
7
ldquoWe receive an alarm in the main plant control room if amperage in one pump controller is too high and we can go directly to the problem and fix it In some instances the systemrsquos predictive monitoring in the MCCs helps us address over-amperage problems before faultingrdquo
Bob Moreno City of Yuma AZ ndash USA
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
Global and Regional StandardsThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to meet your entire operationsrsquo needs so you can implement a consistent solution and supplier throughout your facilities anywhere in the world For a complete list of standards and certifications see page 60
SafetyThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to provide you with an improved safety offering Standard safety features help protect employees and keep your process up and running
bull Rigid structural design with side sheets on all sections provide better isolation and continuous internal mounting angles main bus and lifting angle
bull Solid unit base plates help prevent a unit fault from cascading to other units within the column
bull Arc-free zones provide you areas within your MCC where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation
bull Continuous bus bracing provides a fully isolated vertical bus
bull Automatic shutters immediately isolate vertical bus when unit is removed
bull Unit interlock mechanism designed to make servicing saferbull Dedicated vertical wireway for customer connectionsbull Locking provisions provide additional safety in all
four unit positions (connected test disconnected and withdrawn)
bull Isolated unit power stab assemblybull Machine-torqued two-bolt fastening system used
for the vertical-to-horizontal bus connection
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
ldquoThe safety issue is one of the things that we are happiest with The old system created hazardous troubleshooting conditions with technicians having to test and probe and work around live wires within a confined panel spacerdquo
Ronnie Sexton Acme Brick ndash USA
Pressure Relief System (on top of each section of CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield)
8
ArcShield ColumnStandard Column
ArcShieldThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShieldtrade offers better protection against harmful arc flash hazards and helps protect your personnel if an arc flash were to occur within an MCC This protection can help increase facility uptime by minimizing the potential damage to equipment
Although operators and manufacturers of low voltage systems are becoming more experienced there is still a risk of internal arc generation To enhance the protection of personnel and equipment Rockwell Automation tests the CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs to IECTR 61641 ed 20 2008-1 which is a standard for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal fault
In combination with the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides additional benefits including
bull Heavy duty ground stab on withdrawable unitsbull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCCbull Internal ventilation to protect personnelbull Pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases
through the top of the enclosure away from personnelbull Arc containment latches and hinges on all doors capable
of withstanding the high internal pressure generated by an arc blast
bull Thicker doors with reinforced flanges
With the addition of IntelliCENTER technology your personnel can remotely monitor and access data for troubleshooting minimizing the need for entry in the arc flash boundary zone
The CENTERLINE 2500 low voltage MCC with ArcShield was tested against the IECTR 61641standard It passed all tests at 480V with a rated frequency of 5060 Hz and arcing time of 300 ms and test current of 65 kA
9
Arc Containment Latch
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 201410 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014
Step 1 Select Network TechnologyChoose the level and type of networking technology diagnostic and HMI software tools and additional arc flash safety features
Step 2 Select StructureChoose the IP rating you require the width and depth of the column (size of wireways) and the degree of separation
Step 4 Select Unit DesignsChoose type of operating handles door latches color and type of nameplates
Step 6 Selection ChecklistComplete the selection checklist and contact your local sales office
Step 3 Select Power SystemsChoose 3 or 4 wire electrical system horizontal and vertical power bus capacity bus withstand and short circuit withstand rating
Step 5 Select Unit TypesChoose the type of units from lugs and breakers non-motor loads starters soft starters variable frequency drive and PLCs
Select Unit Designs
Select Structure
Select Power Systems
Select Unit Types
Selection Checklist
Select Network Technology
10
Selection ProcessUse the following sections in this publication to select a CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11
Select Network Technology
Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network
Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays
IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information
Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning
IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics
EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration
NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise
The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system
Select Network Technology
12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
EtherNetIP
Devices
Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column
Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire
Cabling
The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution
System Performance
The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud
An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices
(1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches
EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13
EtherNetIP Components
Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet
IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP
POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system
The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter
settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes
bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches
For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003
DeviceNet
Devices
DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors
Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system
Cabling
All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
Select Network Technology
14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
System Performance
The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)
The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its
replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet
systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data
via IO explicit messaging
DeviceNet Components
Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state
overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet
starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary
For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002
IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views
Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process
bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them
bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring
diagrams or spare parts
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15
Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields
bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real
time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor
view
Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result
Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information
Manuals and Wiring Diagrams
The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most
bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC
bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams
bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC
bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings
Spreadsheet View
This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information
bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type
Monitor View
Energy Monitoring and Management View
Spare Parts List View
Event Log View
The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes
Spare Parts List
A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor
Integration Assistant
IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time
bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC
bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)
bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application
Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network
IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized
When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC
Select Network Technology
16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17
Select Structure
Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front
bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the
rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly
Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information
For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration
Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service
Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage
Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations
Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together
Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block
Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site
Double Front Configuration
Single Front Configuration
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Typical Column
Top Wireway Endplates
Top Wireway Barrier
Top Wireway Cover
Vertical Wireway Door
Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly
Single Unit Support Pan
Bottom Plates
Top Wireway Pan
Center End Closing Plate
Horizontal Power Bus (3)
Network Wireway
Mounting Channels
Left Side Plate
Top Plate
Lifting Angle
Bottom Wireway Endplates
Bottom Wireway Cover
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19
Select Structure
Column Dimensions
All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified
Width
Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway
600(1) 600 None
700 500 200
800 300
900 400
1000 500
(1) Only for full column frame mount applications
Depth
Single Front Double Front
600 1200
800 1600 or 2000(1)
(1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns
Height
Dimension Measurement
Total height 2300
Available unit height 1980
Top horizontal wireway 170
Bottom horizontal wireway 115
External mounting channel 35
Weight(1) (kg)
Column Width
Column Depth
600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)
600 700 350 450
800 400 525
900 450 575
1000 500 650
(1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights
600hellip1000
170
1980
115
35
200hellip500500 or 600
600 or 800
2300
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings
bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)
Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps
Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment
The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC
The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information
Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance
The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request
Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover
WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location
Horizontal Wireways
Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns
Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup
Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
4
The Allen-Bradleyreg CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center (MCC) from Rockwell Automationreg uses the latest technology in motor control devices The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed and built for the demanding needs of global markets so it meets standards and requirements anywhere in the world
High Performance Motor Control CentersThe CENTERLINE 2500 provides fully withdrawable units with the full range of IEC components AC drives soft starters and other devices For customers seeking simplified integration the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC provides intelligent control with common communication protocols easily networked in the MCC
Because the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to international standards customers can leverage corporate standards and control schemes on a global basis achieve a consistent integrated architecture standard and use uniform safety designs
Integrated Power SolutionIn addition to a complete line of motor control equipment the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC also packages power distribution equipment Your CENTERLINE 2500 MCC can include air circuit breakers feeders main-tie-mains mains and transformers This lets you have a totally integrated low voltage power package
Featuresbull Fully withdrawable units ndash Plug-in line load control ground and network
communications ndash Four position withdrawal mechanism with dedicated
Test position ndash Easily removable without special toolsbull High unit density up to 24 units per columnbull Rotary or flange handlesbull Three or four wire power system capabilitybull Center-mounted horizontal bus up to 4000 Abull Built-in EtherNetIP or DeviceNet with
IntelliCENTERreg technologybull Intelligent motor controls including electronic overload
relays AC drives and soft startersbull Fully metric design (hardware and exterior dimensions)bull Air circuit breaker mains and feeders availablebull Optional form 2b isolation provides more compact
packaging
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is ideal for customers who want to leverage the same architecture components programming language and networking regardless of where you do business all while knowing you receive unparalleled support from a single-source provider
With more intelligent components and more options than other motor control center manufacturers you can get a complete power control and information solution CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are packaged to meet your local specifications and are built on a common platform
IntelliCENTER TechnologyNetworked CENTERLINE MCCs enhance performance through system-wide communications sharing diagnostic information for predictive maintenance and initiating warnings before potential faults occur
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC delivers this by using IntelliCENTER Technology a preconfigured and tested software that provides built-in networking IntelliCENTER technology enhances the intelligence of an MCC by using built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics
5
66
Intelligent Motor Controls CENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology combine intelligent motor control and protection devices to give you an inside look at your motor control application IntelliCENTER technology can provide advanced networking and diagnostic capabilities with a built-in network intelligent motor controls and advanced monitoring software all preconfigured and tested at the factory
Built-in NetworkCENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology offers EtherNetIP and DeviceNet as factory-validated and tested embedded systems This reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed allowing you to quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere
IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe addition of IntelliCENTER Software provides the ultimate window into your MCC The software puts both real time diagnostics and MCC documentation at your fingertips to maximize MCC and related equipment performance Graphical views of individual MCC units display device data allowing you to quickly view critical status information
Integration Assistant
With IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant you can seamlessly integrate your IntelliCENTER MCCs into RSLogixtrade 5000 programming software This feature helps reduce programming time by automatically adding the CENTERLINE MCC devices to the Studio 5000reg IO tree
IntelliCENTER Energy
IntelliCENTER Energy offers a preconfigured setup of FactoryTalkreg EnergyMetrixtrade software for intelligent motor control devices in the MCC including variable speed drives overload relays and SMCs With IntelliCENTER Energy you can view energy consumption at the device level directly from IntelliCENTER software making it easier to monitor and manage energy usage in the industrial facility
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
With its lsquoplug-and-playrsquo setup IntelliCENTER Technology reduces installation time and minimizes facility downtime It is able to quickly start delivering intelligent diagnostic and predictive failure information
Daewoo Shipbuilding Marine Engineering ndash South Korea
Increase Uptime with Advanced Maintenance Tools
The preconfigured software provides maintenance personnel with easy access to critical CENTERLINE MCC configured information and process data for troubleshooting The configurable views provide system status at a glance and help keep facilities running with electronic documentation remote diagnostics and predictive maintenance IntelliCENTER software significantly reduces HMI programming time and PLC development time with automatic tag generation and even complete network configuration before the MCC is powered up
Enhance Personnel SafetyEnhanced safety is realized with access to real-time data for remote monitoring configuration and troubleshooting of intelligent motor control devices IntelliCENTER software harnesses the power of the Integrated Architecture system to allow you access to critical MCC information from anywhere in your facility IntelliCENTER technology increases your access to information minimizes maintenance and troubleshooting time with real-time motor control diagnostics and increases productivity with complete packaged and pre-engineered solutions for your most challenging applications
7
ldquoWe receive an alarm in the main plant control room if amperage in one pump controller is too high and we can go directly to the problem and fix it In some instances the systemrsquos predictive monitoring in the MCCs helps us address over-amperage problems before faultingrdquo
Bob Moreno City of Yuma AZ ndash USA
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
Global and Regional StandardsThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to meet your entire operationsrsquo needs so you can implement a consistent solution and supplier throughout your facilities anywhere in the world For a complete list of standards and certifications see page 60
SafetyThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to provide you with an improved safety offering Standard safety features help protect employees and keep your process up and running
bull Rigid structural design with side sheets on all sections provide better isolation and continuous internal mounting angles main bus and lifting angle
bull Solid unit base plates help prevent a unit fault from cascading to other units within the column
bull Arc-free zones provide you areas within your MCC where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation
bull Continuous bus bracing provides a fully isolated vertical bus
bull Automatic shutters immediately isolate vertical bus when unit is removed
bull Unit interlock mechanism designed to make servicing saferbull Dedicated vertical wireway for customer connectionsbull Locking provisions provide additional safety in all
four unit positions (connected test disconnected and withdrawn)
bull Isolated unit power stab assemblybull Machine-torqued two-bolt fastening system used
for the vertical-to-horizontal bus connection
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
ldquoThe safety issue is one of the things that we are happiest with The old system created hazardous troubleshooting conditions with technicians having to test and probe and work around live wires within a confined panel spacerdquo
Ronnie Sexton Acme Brick ndash USA
Pressure Relief System (on top of each section of CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield)
8
ArcShield ColumnStandard Column
ArcShieldThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShieldtrade offers better protection against harmful arc flash hazards and helps protect your personnel if an arc flash were to occur within an MCC This protection can help increase facility uptime by minimizing the potential damage to equipment
Although operators and manufacturers of low voltage systems are becoming more experienced there is still a risk of internal arc generation To enhance the protection of personnel and equipment Rockwell Automation tests the CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs to IECTR 61641 ed 20 2008-1 which is a standard for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal fault
In combination with the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides additional benefits including
bull Heavy duty ground stab on withdrawable unitsbull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCCbull Internal ventilation to protect personnelbull Pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases
through the top of the enclosure away from personnelbull Arc containment latches and hinges on all doors capable
of withstanding the high internal pressure generated by an arc blast
bull Thicker doors with reinforced flanges
With the addition of IntelliCENTER technology your personnel can remotely monitor and access data for troubleshooting minimizing the need for entry in the arc flash boundary zone
The CENTERLINE 2500 low voltage MCC with ArcShield was tested against the IECTR 61641standard It passed all tests at 480V with a rated frequency of 5060 Hz and arcing time of 300 ms and test current of 65 kA
9
Arc Containment Latch
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 201410 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014
Step 1 Select Network TechnologyChoose the level and type of networking technology diagnostic and HMI software tools and additional arc flash safety features
Step 2 Select StructureChoose the IP rating you require the width and depth of the column (size of wireways) and the degree of separation
Step 4 Select Unit DesignsChoose type of operating handles door latches color and type of nameplates
Step 6 Selection ChecklistComplete the selection checklist and contact your local sales office
Step 3 Select Power SystemsChoose 3 or 4 wire electrical system horizontal and vertical power bus capacity bus withstand and short circuit withstand rating
Step 5 Select Unit TypesChoose the type of units from lugs and breakers non-motor loads starters soft starters variable frequency drive and PLCs
Select Unit Designs
Select Structure
Select Power Systems
Select Unit Types
Selection Checklist
Select Network Technology
10
Selection ProcessUse the following sections in this publication to select a CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11
Select Network Technology
Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network
Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays
IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information
Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning
IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics
EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration
NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise
The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system
Select Network Technology
12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
EtherNetIP
Devices
Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column
Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire
Cabling
The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution
System Performance
The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud
An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices
(1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches
EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13
EtherNetIP Components
Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet
IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP
POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system
The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter
settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes
bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches
For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003
DeviceNet
Devices
DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors
Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system
Cabling
All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
Select Network Technology
14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
System Performance
The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)
The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its
replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet
systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data
via IO explicit messaging
DeviceNet Components
Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state
overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet
starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary
For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002
IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views
Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process
bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them
bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring
diagrams or spare parts
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15
Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields
bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real
time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor
view
Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result
Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information
Manuals and Wiring Diagrams
The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most
bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC
bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams
bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC
bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings
Spreadsheet View
This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information
bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type
Monitor View
Energy Monitoring and Management View
Spare Parts List View
Event Log View
The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes
Spare Parts List
A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor
Integration Assistant
IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time
bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC
bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)
bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application
Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network
IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized
When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC
Select Network Technology
16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17
Select Structure
Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front
bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the
rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly
Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information
For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration
Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service
Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage
Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations
Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together
Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block
Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site
Double Front Configuration
Single Front Configuration
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Typical Column
Top Wireway Endplates
Top Wireway Barrier
Top Wireway Cover
Vertical Wireway Door
Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly
Single Unit Support Pan
Bottom Plates
Top Wireway Pan
Center End Closing Plate
Horizontal Power Bus (3)
Network Wireway
Mounting Channels
Left Side Plate
Top Plate
Lifting Angle
Bottom Wireway Endplates
Bottom Wireway Cover
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19
Select Structure
Column Dimensions
All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified
Width
Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway
600(1) 600 None
700 500 200
800 300
900 400
1000 500
(1) Only for full column frame mount applications
Depth
Single Front Double Front
600 1200
800 1600 or 2000(1)
(1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns
Height
Dimension Measurement
Total height 2300
Available unit height 1980
Top horizontal wireway 170
Bottom horizontal wireway 115
External mounting channel 35
Weight(1) (kg)
Column Width
Column Depth
600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)
600 700 350 450
800 400 525
900 450 575
1000 500 650
(1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights
600hellip1000
170
1980
115
35
200hellip500500 or 600
600 or 800
2300
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings
bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)
Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps
Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment
The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC
The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information
Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance
The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request
Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover
WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location
Horizontal Wireways
Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns
Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup
Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is ideal for customers who want to leverage the same architecture components programming language and networking regardless of where you do business all while knowing you receive unparalleled support from a single-source provider
With more intelligent components and more options than other motor control center manufacturers you can get a complete power control and information solution CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are packaged to meet your local specifications and are built on a common platform
IntelliCENTER TechnologyNetworked CENTERLINE MCCs enhance performance through system-wide communications sharing diagnostic information for predictive maintenance and initiating warnings before potential faults occur
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC delivers this by using IntelliCENTER Technology a preconfigured and tested software that provides built-in networking IntelliCENTER technology enhances the intelligence of an MCC by using built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics
5
66
Intelligent Motor Controls CENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology combine intelligent motor control and protection devices to give you an inside look at your motor control application IntelliCENTER technology can provide advanced networking and diagnostic capabilities with a built-in network intelligent motor controls and advanced monitoring software all preconfigured and tested at the factory
Built-in NetworkCENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology offers EtherNetIP and DeviceNet as factory-validated and tested embedded systems This reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed allowing you to quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere
IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe addition of IntelliCENTER Software provides the ultimate window into your MCC The software puts both real time diagnostics and MCC documentation at your fingertips to maximize MCC and related equipment performance Graphical views of individual MCC units display device data allowing you to quickly view critical status information
Integration Assistant
With IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant you can seamlessly integrate your IntelliCENTER MCCs into RSLogixtrade 5000 programming software This feature helps reduce programming time by automatically adding the CENTERLINE MCC devices to the Studio 5000reg IO tree
IntelliCENTER Energy
IntelliCENTER Energy offers a preconfigured setup of FactoryTalkreg EnergyMetrixtrade software for intelligent motor control devices in the MCC including variable speed drives overload relays and SMCs With IntelliCENTER Energy you can view energy consumption at the device level directly from IntelliCENTER software making it easier to monitor and manage energy usage in the industrial facility
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
With its lsquoplug-and-playrsquo setup IntelliCENTER Technology reduces installation time and minimizes facility downtime It is able to quickly start delivering intelligent diagnostic and predictive failure information
Daewoo Shipbuilding Marine Engineering ndash South Korea
Increase Uptime with Advanced Maintenance Tools
The preconfigured software provides maintenance personnel with easy access to critical CENTERLINE MCC configured information and process data for troubleshooting The configurable views provide system status at a glance and help keep facilities running with electronic documentation remote diagnostics and predictive maintenance IntelliCENTER software significantly reduces HMI programming time and PLC development time with automatic tag generation and even complete network configuration before the MCC is powered up
Enhance Personnel SafetyEnhanced safety is realized with access to real-time data for remote monitoring configuration and troubleshooting of intelligent motor control devices IntelliCENTER software harnesses the power of the Integrated Architecture system to allow you access to critical MCC information from anywhere in your facility IntelliCENTER technology increases your access to information minimizes maintenance and troubleshooting time with real-time motor control diagnostics and increases productivity with complete packaged and pre-engineered solutions for your most challenging applications
7
ldquoWe receive an alarm in the main plant control room if amperage in one pump controller is too high and we can go directly to the problem and fix it In some instances the systemrsquos predictive monitoring in the MCCs helps us address over-amperage problems before faultingrdquo
Bob Moreno City of Yuma AZ ndash USA
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
Global and Regional StandardsThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to meet your entire operationsrsquo needs so you can implement a consistent solution and supplier throughout your facilities anywhere in the world For a complete list of standards and certifications see page 60
SafetyThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to provide you with an improved safety offering Standard safety features help protect employees and keep your process up and running
bull Rigid structural design with side sheets on all sections provide better isolation and continuous internal mounting angles main bus and lifting angle
bull Solid unit base plates help prevent a unit fault from cascading to other units within the column
bull Arc-free zones provide you areas within your MCC where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation
bull Continuous bus bracing provides a fully isolated vertical bus
bull Automatic shutters immediately isolate vertical bus when unit is removed
bull Unit interlock mechanism designed to make servicing saferbull Dedicated vertical wireway for customer connectionsbull Locking provisions provide additional safety in all
four unit positions (connected test disconnected and withdrawn)
bull Isolated unit power stab assemblybull Machine-torqued two-bolt fastening system used
for the vertical-to-horizontal bus connection
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
ldquoThe safety issue is one of the things that we are happiest with The old system created hazardous troubleshooting conditions with technicians having to test and probe and work around live wires within a confined panel spacerdquo
Ronnie Sexton Acme Brick ndash USA
Pressure Relief System (on top of each section of CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield)
8
ArcShield ColumnStandard Column
ArcShieldThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShieldtrade offers better protection against harmful arc flash hazards and helps protect your personnel if an arc flash were to occur within an MCC This protection can help increase facility uptime by minimizing the potential damage to equipment
Although operators and manufacturers of low voltage systems are becoming more experienced there is still a risk of internal arc generation To enhance the protection of personnel and equipment Rockwell Automation tests the CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs to IECTR 61641 ed 20 2008-1 which is a standard for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal fault
In combination with the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides additional benefits including
bull Heavy duty ground stab on withdrawable unitsbull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCCbull Internal ventilation to protect personnelbull Pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases
through the top of the enclosure away from personnelbull Arc containment latches and hinges on all doors capable
of withstanding the high internal pressure generated by an arc blast
bull Thicker doors with reinforced flanges
With the addition of IntelliCENTER technology your personnel can remotely monitor and access data for troubleshooting minimizing the need for entry in the arc flash boundary zone
The CENTERLINE 2500 low voltage MCC with ArcShield was tested against the IECTR 61641standard It passed all tests at 480V with a rated frequency of 5060 Hz and arcing time of 300 ms and test current of 65 kA
9
Arc Containment Latch
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 201410 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014
Step 1 Select Network TechnologyChoose the level and type of networking technology diagnostic and HMI software tools and additional arc flash safety features
Step 2 Select StructureChoose the IP rating you require the width and depth of the column (size of wireways) and the degree of separation
Step 4 Select Unit DesignsChoose type of operating handles door latches color and type of nameplates
Step 6 Selection ChecklistComplete the selection checklist and contact your local sales office
Step 3 Select Power SystemsChoose 3 or 4 wire electrical system horizontal and vertical power bus capacity bus withstand and short circuit withstand rating
Step 5 Select Unit TypesChoose the type of units from lugs and breakers non-motor loads starters soft starters variable frequency drive and PLCs
Select Unit Designs
Select Structure
Select Power Systems
Select Unit Types
Selection Checklist
Select Network Technology
10
Selection ProcessUse the following sections in this publication to select a CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11
Select Network Technology
Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network
Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays
IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information
Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning
IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics
EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration
NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise
The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system
Select Network Technology
12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
EtherNetIP
Devices
Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column
Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire
Cabling
The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution
System Performance
The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud
An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices
(1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches
EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13
EtherNetIP Components
Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet
IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP
POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system
The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter
settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes
bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches
For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003
DeviceNet
Devices
DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors
Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system
Cabling
All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
Select Network Technology
14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
System Performance
The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)
The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its
replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet
systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data
via IO explicit messaging
DeviceNet Components
Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state
overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet
starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary
For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002
IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views
Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process
bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them
bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring
diagrams or spare parts
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15
Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields
bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real
time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor
view
Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result
Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information
Manuals and Wiring Diagrams
The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most
bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC
bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams
bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC
bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings
Spreadsheet View
This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information
bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type
Monitor View
Energy Monitoring and Management View
Spare Parts List View
Event Log View
The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes
Spare Parts List
A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor
Integration Assistant
IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time
bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC
bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)
bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application
Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network
IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized
When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC
Select Network Technology
16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17
Select Structure
Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front
bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the
rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly
Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information
For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration
Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service
Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage
Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations
Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together
Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block
Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site
Double Front Configuration
Single Front Configuration
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Typical Column
Top Wireway Endplates
Top Wireway Barrier
Top Wireway Cover
Vertical Wireway Door
Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly
Single Unit Support Pan
Bottom Plates
Top Wireway Pan
Center End Closing Plate
Horizontal Power Bus (3)
Network Wireway
Mounting Channels
Left Side Plate
Top Plate
Lifting Angle
Bottom Wireway Endplates
Bottom Wireway Cover
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19
Select Structure
Column Dimensions
All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified
Width
Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway
600(1) 600 None
700 500 200
800 300
900 400
1000 500
(1) Only for full column frame mount applications
Depth
Single Front Double Front
600 1200
800 1600 or 2000(1)
(1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns
Height
Dimension Measurement
Total height 2300
Available unit height 1980
Top horizontal wireway 170
Bottom horizontal wireway 115
External mounting channel 35
Weight(1) (kg)
Column Width
Column Depth
600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)
600 700 350 450
800 400 525
900 450 575
1000 500 650
(1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights
600hellip1000
170
1980
115
35
200hellip500500 or 600
600 or 800
2300
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings
bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)
Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps
Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment
The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC
The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information
Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance
The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request
Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover
WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location
Horizontal Wireways
Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns
Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup
Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
66
Intelligent Motor Controls CENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology combine intelligent motor control and protection devices to give you an inside look at your motor control application IntelliCENTER technology can provide advanced networking and diagnostic capabilities with a built-in network intelligent motor controls and advanced monitoring software all preconfigured and tested at the factory
Built-in NetworkCENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology offers EtherNetIP and DeviceNet as factory-validated and tested embedded systems This reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed allowing you to quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere
IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe addition of IntelliCENTER Software provides the ultimate window into your MCC The software puts both real time diagnostics and MCC documentation at your fingertips to maximize MCC and related equipment performance Graphical views of individual MCC units display device data allowing you to quickly view critical status information
Integration Assistant
With IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant you can seamlessly integrate your IntelliCENTER MCCs into RSLogixtrade 5000 programming software This feature helps reduce programming time by automatically adding the CENTERLINE MCC devices to the Studio 5000reg IO tree
IntelliCENTER Energy
IntelliCENTER Energy offers a preconfigured setup of FactoryTalkreg EnergyMetrixtrade software for intelligent motor control devices in the MCC including variable speed drives overload relays and SMCs With IntelliCENTER Energy you can view energy consumption at the device level directly from IntelliCENTER software making it easier to monitor and manage energy usage in the industrial facility
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
With its lsquoplug-and-playrsquo setup IntelliCENTER Technology reduces installation time and minimizes facility downtime It is able to quickly start delivering intelligent diagnostic and predictive failure information
Daewoo Shipbuilding Marine Engineering ndash South Korea
Increase Uptime with Advanced Maintenance Tools
The preconfigured software provides maintenance personnel with easy access to critical CENTERLINE MCC configured information and process data for troubleshooting The configurable views provide system status at a glance and help keep facilities running with electronic documentation remote diagnostics and predictive maintenance IntelliCENTER software significantly reduces HMI programming time and PLC development time with automatic tag generation and even complete network configuration before the MCC is powered up
Enhance Personnel SafetyEnhanced safety is realized with access to real-time data for remote monitoring configuration and troubleshooting of intelligent motor control devices IntelliCENTER software harnesses the power of the Integrated Architecture system to allow you access to critical MCC information from anywhere in your facility IntelliCENTER technology increases your access to information minimizes maintenance and troubleshooting time with real-time motor control diagnostics and increases productivity with complete packaged and pre-engineered solutions for your most challenging applications
7
ldquoWe receive an alarm in the main plant control room if amperage in one pump controller is too high and we can go directly to the problem and fix it In some instances the systemrsquos predictive monitoring in the MCCs helps us address over-amperage problems before faultingrdquo
Bob Moreno City of Yuma AZ ndash USA
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
Global and Regional StandardsThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to meet your entire operationsrsquo needs so you can implement a consistent solution and supplier throughout your facilities anywhere in the world For a complete list of standards and certifications see page 60
SafetyThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to provide you with an improved safety offering Standard safety features help protect employees and keep your process up and running
bull Rigid structural design with side sheets on all sections provide better isolation and continuous internal mounting angles main bus and lifting angle
bull Solid unit base plates help prevent a unit fault from cascading to other units within the column
bull Arc-free zones provide you areas within your MCC where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation
bull Continuous bus bracing provides a fully isolated vertical bus
bull Automatic shutters immediately isolate vertical bus when unit is removed
bull Unit interlock mechanism designed to make servicing saferbull Dedicated vertical wireway for customer connectionsbull Locking provisions provide additional safety in all
four unit positions (connected test disconnected and withdrawn)
bull Isolated unit power stab assemblybull Machine-torqued two-bolt fastening system used
for the vertical-to-horizontal bus connection
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
ldquoThe safety issue is one of the things that we are happiest with The old system created hazardous troubleshooting conditions with technicians having to test and probe and work around live wires within a confined panel spacerdquo
Ronnie Sexton Acme Brick ndash USA
Pressure Relief System (on top of each section of CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield)
8
ArcShield ColumnStandard Column
ArcShieldThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShieldtrade offers better protection against harmful arc flash hazards and helps protect your personnel if an arc flash were to occur within an MCC This protection can help increase facility uptime by minimizing the potential damage to equipment
Although operators and manufacturers of low voltage systems are becoming more experienced there is still a risk of internal arc generation To enhance the protection of personnel and equipment Rockwell Automation tests the CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs to IECTR 61641 ed 20 2008-1 which is a standard for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal fault
In combination with the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides additional benefits including
bull Heavy duty ground stab on withdrawable unitsbull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCCbull Internal ventilation to protect personnelbull Pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases
through the top of the enclosure away from personnelbull Arc containment latches and hinges on all doors capable
of withstanding the high internal pressure generated by an arc blast
bull Thicker doors with reinforced flanges
With the addition of IntelliCENTER technology your personnel can remotely monitor and access data for troubleshooting minimizing the need for entry in the arc flash boundary zone
The CENTERLINE 2500 low voltage MCC with ArcShield was tested against the IECTR 61641standard It passed all tests at 480V with a rated frequency of 5060 Hz and arcing time of 300 ms and test current of 65 kA
9
Arc Containment Latch
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 201410 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014
Step 1 Select Network TechnologyChoose the level and type of networking technology diagnostic and HMI software tools and additional arc flash safety features
Step 2 Select StructureChoose the IP rating you require the width and depth of the column (size of wireways) and the degree of separation
Step 4 Select Unit DesignsChoose type of operating handles door latches color and type of nameplates
Step 6 Selection ChecklistComplete the selection checklist and contact your local sales office
Step 3 Select Power SystemsChoose 3 or 4 wire electrical system horizontal and vertical power bus capacity bus withstand and short circuit withstand rating
Step 5 Select Unit TypesChoose the type of units from lugs and breakers non-motor loads starters soft starters variable frequency drive and PLCs
Select Unit Designs
Select Structure
Select Power Systems
Select Unit Types
Selection Checklist
Select Network Technology
10
Selection ProcessUse the following sections in this publication to select a CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11
Select Network Technology
Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network
Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays
IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information
Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning
IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics
EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration
NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise
The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system
Select Network Technology
12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
EtherNetIP
Devices
Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column
Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire
Cabling
The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution
System Performance
The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud
An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices
(1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches
EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13
EtherNetIP Components
Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet
IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP
POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system
The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter
settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes
bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches
For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003
DeviceNet
Devices
DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors
Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system
Cabling
All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
Select Network Technology
14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
System Performance
The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)
The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its
replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet
systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data
via IO explicit messaging
DeviceNet Components
Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state
overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet
starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary
For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002
IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views
Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process
bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them
bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring
diagrams or spare parts
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15
Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields
bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real
time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor
view
Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result
Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information
Manuals and Wiring Diagrams
The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most
bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC
bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams
bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC
bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings
Spreadsheet View
This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information
bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type
Monitor View
Energy Monitoring and Management View
Spare Parts List View
Event Log View
The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes
Spare Parts List
A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor
Integration Assistant
IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time
bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC
bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)
bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application
Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network
IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized
When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC
Select Network Technology
16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17
Select Structure
Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front
bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the
rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly
Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information
For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration
Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service
Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage
Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations
Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together
Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block
Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site
Double Front Configuration
Single Front Configuration
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Typical Column
Top Wireway Endplates
Top Wireway Barrier
Top Wireway Cover
Vertical Wireway Door
Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly
Single Unit Support Pan
Bottom Plates
Top Wireway Pan
Center End Closing Plate
Horizontal Power Bus (3)
Network Wireway
Mounting Channels
Left Side Plate
Top Plate
Lifting Angle
Bottom Wireway Endplates
Bottom Wireway Cover
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19
Select Structure
Column Dimensions
All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified
Width
Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway
600(1) 600 None
700 500 200
800 300
900 400
1000 500
(1) Only for full column frame mount applications
Depth
Single Front Double Front
600 1200
800 1600 or 2000(1)
(1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns
Height
Dimension Measurement
Total height 2300
Available unit height 1980
Top horizontal wireway 170
Bottom horizontal wireway 115
External mounting channel 35
Weight(1) (kg)
Column Width
Column Depth
600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)
600 700 350 450
800 400 525
900 450 575
1000 500 650
(1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights
600hellip1000
170
1980
115
35
200hellip500500 or 600
600 or 800
2300
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings
bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)
Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps
Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment
The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC
The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information
Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance
The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request
Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover
WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location
Horizontal Wireways
Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns
Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup
Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Increase Uptime with Advanced Maintenance Tools
The preconfigured software provides maintenance personnel with easy access to critical CENTERLINE MCC configured information and process data for troubleshooting The configurable views provide system status at a glance and help keep facilities running with electronic documentation remote diagnostics and predictive maintenance IntelliCENTER software significantly reduces HMI programming time and PLC development time with automatic tag generation and even complete network configuration before the MCC is powered up
Enhance Personnel SafetyEnhanced safety is realized with access to real-time data for remote monitoring configuration and troubleshooting of intelligent motor control devices IntelliCENTER software harnesses the power of the Integrated Architecture system to allow you access to critical MCC information from anywhere in your facility IntelliCENTER technology increases your access to information minimizes maintenance and troubleshooting time with real-time motor control diagnostics and increases productivity with complete packaged and pre-engineered solutions for your most challenging applications
7
ldquoWe receive an alarm in the main plant control room if amperage in one pump controller is too high and we can go directly to the problem and fix it In some instances the systemrsquos predictive monitoring in the MCCs helps us address over-amperage problems before faultingrdquo
Bob Moreno City of Yuma AZ ndash USA
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
Global and Regional StandardsThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to meet your entire operationsrsquo needs so you can implement a consistent solution and supplier throughout your facilities anywhere in the world For a complete list of standards and certifications see page 60
SafetyThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to provide you with an improved safety offering Standard safety features help protect employees and keep your process up and running
bull Rigid structural design with side sheets on all sections provide better isolation and continuous internal mounting angles main bus and lifting angle
bull Solid unit base plates help prevent a unit fault from cascading to other units within the column
bull Arc-free zones provide you areas within your MCC where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation
bull Continuous bus bracing provides a fully isolated vertical bus
bull Automatic shutters immediately isolate vertical bus when unit is removed
bull Unit interlock mechanism designed to make servicing saferbull Dedicated vertical wireway for customer connectionsbull Locking provisions provide additional safety in all
four unit positions (connected test disconnected and withdrawn)
bull Isolated unit power stab assemblybull Machine-torqued two-bolt fastening system used
for the vertical-to-horizontal bus connection
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
ldquoThe safety issue is one of the things that we are happiest with The old system created hazardous troubleshooting conditions with technicians having to test and probe and work around live wires within a confined panel spacerdquo
Ronnie Sexton Acme Brick ndash USA
Pressure Relief System (on top of each section of CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield)
8
ArcShield ColumnStandard Column
ArcShieldThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShieldtrade offers better protection against harmful arc flash hazards and helps protect your personnel if an arc flash were to occur within an MCC This protection can help increase facility uptime by minimizing the potential damage to equipment
Although operators and manufacturers of low voltage systems are becoming more experienced there is still a risk of internal arc generation To enhance the protection of personnel and equipment Rockwell Automation tests the CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs to IECTR 61641 ed 20 2008-1 which is a standard for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal fault
In combination with the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides additional benefits including
bull Heavy duty ground stab on withdrawable unitsbull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCCbull Internal ventilation to protect personnelbull Pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases
through the top of the enclosure away from personnelbull Arc containment latches and hinges on all doors capable
of withstanding the high internal pressure generated by an arc blast
bull Thicker doors with reinforced flanges
With the addition of IntelliCENTER technology your personnel can remotely monitor and access data for troubleshooting minimizing the need for entry in the arc flash boundary zone
The CENTERLINE 2500 low voltage MCC with ArcShield was tested against the IECTR 61641standard It passed all tests at 480V with a rated frequency of 5060 Hz and arcing time of 300 ms and test current of 65 kA
9
Arc Containment Latch
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 201410 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014
Step 1 Select Network TechnologyChoose the level and type of networking technology diagnostic and HMI software tools and additional arc flash safety features
Step 2 Select StructureChoose the IP rating you require the width and depth of the column (size of wireways) and the degree of separation
Step 4 Select Unit DesignsChoose type of operating handles door latches color and type of nameplates
Step 6 Selection ChecklistComplete the selection checklist and contact your local sales office
Step 3 Select Power SystemsChoose 3 or 4 wire electrical system horizontal and vertical power bus capacity bus withstand and short circuit withstand rating
Step 5 Select Unit TypesChoose the type of units from lugs and breakers non-motor loads starters soft starters variable frequency drive and PLCs
Select Unit Designs
Select Structure
Select Power Systems
Select Unit Types
Selection Checklist
Select Network Technology
10
Selection ProcessUse the following sections in this publication to select a CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11
Select Network Technology
Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network
Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays
IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information
Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning
IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics
EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration
NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise
The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system
Select Network Technology
12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
EtherNetIP
Devices
Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column
Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire
Cabling
The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution
System Performance
The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud
An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices
(1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches
EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13
EtherNetIP Components
Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet
IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP
POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system
The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter
settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes
bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches
For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003
DeviceNet
Devices
DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors
Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system
Cabling
All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
Select Network Technology
14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
System Performance
The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)
The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its
replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet
systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data
via IO explicit messaging
DeviceNet Components
Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state
overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet
starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary
For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002
IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views
Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process
bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them
bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring
diagrams or spare parts
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15
Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields
bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real
time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor
view
Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result
Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information
Manuals and Wiring Diagrams
The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most
bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC
bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams
bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC
bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings
Spreadsheet View
This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information
bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type
Monitor View
Energy Monitoring and Management View
Spare Parts List View
Event Log View
The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes
Spare Parts List
A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor
Integration Assistant
IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time
bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC
bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)
bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application
Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network
IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized
When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC
Select Network Technology
16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17
Select Structure
Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front
bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the
rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly
Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information
For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration
Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service
Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage
Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations
Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together
Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block
Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site
Double Front Configuration
Single Front Configuration
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Typical Column
Top Wireway Endplates
Top Wireway Barrier
Top Wireway Cover
Vertical Wireway Door
Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly
Single Unit Support Pan
Bottom Plates
Top Wireway Pan
Center End Closing Plate
Horizontal Power Bus (3)
Network Wireway
Mounting Channels
Left Side Plate
Top Plate
Lifting Angle
Bottom Wireway Endplates
Bottom Wireway Cover
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19
Select Structure
Column Dimensions
All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified
Width
Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway
600(1) 600 None
700 500 200
800 300
900 400
1000 500
(1) Only for full column frame mount applications
Depth
Single Front Double Front
600 1200
800 1600 or 2000(1)
(1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns
Height
Dimension Measurement
Total height 2300
Available unit height 1980
Top horizontal wireway 170
Bottom horizontal wireway 115
External mounting channel 35
Weight(1) (kg)
Column Width
Column Depth
600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)
600 700 350 450
800 400 525
900 450 575
1000 500 650
(1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights
600hellip1000
170
1980
115
35
200hellip500500 or 600
600 or 800
2300
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings
bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)
Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps
Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment
The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC
The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information
Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance
The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request
Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover
WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location
Horizontal Wireways
Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns
Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup
Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Global and Regional StandardsThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to meet your entire operationsrsquo needs so you can implement a consistent solution and supplier throughout your facilities anywhere in the world For a complete list of standards and certifications see page 60
SafetyThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to provide you with an improved safety offering Standard safety features help protect employees and keep your process up and running
bull Rigid structural design with side sheets on all sections provide better isolation and continuous internal mounting angles main bus and lifting angle
bull Solid unit base plates help prevent a unit fault from cascading to other units within the column
bull Arc-free zones provide you areas within your MCC where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation
bull Continuous bus bracing provides a fully isolated vertical bus
bull Automatic shutters immediately isolate vertical bus when unit is removed
bull Unit interlock mechanism designed to make servicing saferbull Dedicated vertical wireway for customer connectionsbull Locking provisions provide additional safety in all
four unit positions (connected test disconnected and withdrawn)
bull Isolated unit power stab assemblybull Machine-torqued two-bolt fastening system used
for the vertical-to-horizontal bus connection
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
ldquoThe safety issue is one of the things that we are happiest with The old system created hazardous troubleshooting conditions with technicians having to test and probe and work around live wires within a confined panel spacerdquo
Ronnie Sexton Acme Brick ndash USA
Pressure Relief System (on top of each section of CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield)
8
ArcShield ColumnStandard Column
ArcShieldThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShieldtrade offers better protection against harmful arc flash hazards and helps protect your personnel if an arc flash were to occur within an MCC This protection can help increase facility uptime by minimizing the potential damage to equipment
Although operators and manufacturers of low voltage systems are becoming more experienced there is still a risk of internal arc generation To enhance the protection of personnel and equipment Rockwell Automation tests the CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs to IECTR 61641 ed 20 2008-1 which is a standard for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal fault
In combination with the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides additional benefits including
bull Heavy duty ground stab on withdrawable unitsbull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCCbull Internal ventilation to protect personnelbull Pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases
through the top of the enclosure away from personnelbull Arc containment latches and hinges on all doors capable
of withstanding the high internal pressure generated by an arc blast
bull Thicker doors with reinforced flanges
With the addition of IntelliCENTER technology your personnel can remotely monitor and access data for troubleshooting minimizing the need for entry in the arc flash boundary zone
The CENTERLINE 2500 low voltage MCC with ArcShield was tested against the IECTR 61641standard It passed all tests at 480V with a rated frequency of 5060 Hz and arcing time of 300 ms and test current of 65 kA
9
Arc Containment Latch
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 201410 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014
Step 1 Select Network TechnologyChoose the level and type of networking technology diagnostic and HMI software tools and additional arc flash safety features
Step 2 Select StructureChoose the IP rating you require the width and depth of the column (size of wireways) and the degree of separation
Step 4 Select Unit DesignsChoose type of operating handles door latches color and type of nameplates
Step 6 Selection ChecklistComplete the selection checklist and contact your local sales office
Step 3 Select Power SystemsChoose 3 or 4 wire electrical system horizontal and vertical power bus capacity bus withstand and short circuit withstand rating
Step 5 Select Unit TypesChoose the type of units from lugs and breakers non-motor loads starters soft starters variable frequency drive and PLCs
Select Unit Designs
Select Structure
Select Power Systems
Select Unit Types
Selection Checklist
Select Network Technology
10
Selection ProcessUse the following sections in this publication to select a CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11
Select Network Technology
Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network
Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays
IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information
Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning
IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics
EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration
NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise
The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system
Select Network Technology
12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
EtherNetIP
Devices
Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column
Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire
Cabling
The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution
System Performance
The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud
An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices
(1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches
EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13
EtherNetIP Components
Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet
IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP
POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system
The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter
settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes
bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches
For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003
DeviceNet
Devices
DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors
Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system
Cabling
All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
Select Network Technology
14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
System Performance
The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)
The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its
replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet
systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data
via IO explicit messaging
DeviceNet Components
Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state
overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet
starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary
For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002
IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views
Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process
bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them
bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring
diagrams or spare parts
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15
Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields
bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real
time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor
view
Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result
Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information
Manuals and Wiring Diagrams
The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most
bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC
bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams
bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC
bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings
Spreadsheet View
This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information
bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type
Monitor View
Energy Monitoring and Management View
Spare Parts List View
Event Log View
The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes
Spare Parts List
A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor
Integration Assistant
IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time
bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC
bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)
bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application
Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network
IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized
When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC
Select Network Technology
16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17
Select Structure
Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front
bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the
rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly
Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information
For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration
Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service
Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage
Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations
Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together
Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block
Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site
Double Front Configuration
Single Front Configuration
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Typical Column
Top Wireway Endplates
Top Wireway Barrier
Top Wireway Cover
Vertical Wireway Door
Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly
Single Unit Support Pan
Bottom Plates
Top Wireway Pan
Center End Closing Plate
Horizontal Power Bus (3)
Network Wireway
Mounting Channels
Left Side Plate
Top Plate
Lifting Angle
Bottom Wireway Endplates
Bottom Wireway Cover
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19
Select Structure
Column Dimensions
All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified
Width
Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway
600(1) 600 None
700 500 200
800 300
900 400
1000 500
(1) Only for full column frame mount applications
Depth
Single Front Double Front
600 1200
800 1600 or 2000(1)
(1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns
Height
Dimension Measurement
Total height 2300
Available unit height 1980
Top horizontal wireway 170
Bottom horizontal wireway 115
External mounting channel 35
Weight(1) (kg)
Column Width
Column Depth
600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)
600 700 350 450
800 400 525
900 450 575
1000 500 650
(1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights
600hellip1000
170
1980
115
35
200hellip500500 or 600
600 or 800
2300
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings
bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)
Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps
Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment
The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC
The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information
Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance
The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request
Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover
WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location
Horizontal Wireways
Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns
Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup
Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
ArcShieldThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShieldtrade offers better protection against harmful arc flash hazards and helps protect your personnel if an arc flash were to occur within an MCC This protection can help increase facility uptime by minimizing the potential damage to equipment
Although operators and manufacturers of low voltage systems are becoming more experienced there is still a risk of internal arc generation To enhance the protection of personnel and equipment Rockwell Automation tests the CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs to IECTR 61641 ed 20 2008-1 which is a standard for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal fault
In combination with the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides additional benefits including
bull Heavy duty ground stab on withdrawable unitsbull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCCbull Internal ventilation to protect personnelbull Pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases
through the top of the enclosure away from personnelbull Arc containment latches and hinges on all doors capable
of withstanding the high internal pressure generated by an arc blast
bull Thicker doors with reinforced flanges
With the addition of IntelliCENTER technology your personnel can remotely monitor and access data for troubleshooting minimizing the need for entry in the arc flash boundary zone
The CENTERLINE 2500 low voltage MCC with ArcShield was tested against the IECTR 61641standard It passed all tests at 480V with a rated frequency of 5060 Hz and arcing time of 300 ms and test current of 65 kA
9
Arc Containment Latch
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 201410 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014
Step 1 Select Network TechnologyChoose the level and type of networking technology diagnostic and HMI software tools and additional arc flash safety features
Step 2 Select StructureChoose the IP rating you require the width and depth of the column (size of wireways) and the degree of separation
Step 4 Select Unit DesignsChoose type of operating handles door latches color and type of nameplates
Step 6 Selection ChecklistComplete the selection checklist and contact your local sales office
Step 3 Select Power SystemsChoose 3 or 4 wire electrical system horizontal and vertical power bus capacity bus withstand and short circuit withstand rating
Step 5 Select Unit TypesChoose the type of units from lugs and breakers non-motor loads starters soft starters variable frequency drive and PLCs
Select Unit Designs
Select Structure
Select Power Systems
Select Unit Types
Selection Checklist
Select Network Technology
10
Selection ProcessUse the following sections in this publication to select a CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11
Select Network Technology
Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network
Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays
IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information
Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning
IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics
EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration
NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise
The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system
Select Network Technology
12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
EtherNetIP
Devices
Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column
Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire
Cabling
The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution
System Performance
The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud
An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices
(1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches
EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13
EtherNetIP Components
Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet
IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP
POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system
The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter
settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes
bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches
For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003
DeviceNet
Devices
DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors
Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system
Cabling
All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
Select Network Technology
14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
System Performance
The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)
The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its
replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet
systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data
via IO explicit messaging
DeviceNet Components
Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state
overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet
starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary
For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002
IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views
Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process
bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them
bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring
diagrams or spare parts
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15
Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields
bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real
time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor
view
Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result
Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information
Manuals and Wiring Diagrams
The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most
bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC
bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams
bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC
bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings
Spreadsheet View
This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information
bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type
Monitor View
Energy Monitoring and Management View
Spare Parts List View
Event Log View
The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes
Spare Parts List
A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor
Integration Assistant
IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time
bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC
bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)
bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application
Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network
IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized
When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC
Select Network Technology
16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17
Select Structure
Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front
bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the
rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly
Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information
For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration
Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service
Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage
Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations
Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together
Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block
Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site
Double Front Configuration
Single Front Configuration
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Typical Column
Top Wireway Endplates
Top Wireway Barrier
Top Wireway Cover
Vertical Wireway Door
Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly
Single Unit Support Pan
Bottom Plates
Top Wireway Pan
Center End Closing Plate
Horizontal Power Bus (3)
Network Wireway
Mounting Channels
Left Side Plate
Top Plate
Lifting Angle
Bottom Wireway Endplates
Bottom Wireway Cover
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19
Select Structure
Column Dimensions
All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified
Width
Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway
600(1) 600 None
700 500 200
800 300
900 400
1000 500
(1) Only for full column frame mount applications
Depth
Single Front Double Front
600 1200
800 1600 or 2000(1)
(1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns
Height
Dimension Measurement
Total height 2300
Available unit height 1980
Top horizontal wireway 170
Bottom horizontal wireway 115
External mounting channel 35
Weight(1) (kg)
Column Width
Column Depth
600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)
600 700 350 450
800 400 525
900 450 575
1000 500 650
(1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights
600hellip1000
170
1980
115
35
200hellip500500 or 600
600 or 800
2300
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings
bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)
Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps
Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment
The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC
The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information
Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance
The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request
Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover
WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location
Horizontal Wireways
Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns
Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup
Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 201410 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014
Step 1 Select Network TechnologyChoose the level and type of networking technology diagnostic and HMI software tools and additional arc flash safety features
Step 2 Select StructureChoose the IP rating you require the width and depth of the column (size of wireways) and the degree of separation
Step 4 Select Unit DesignsChoose type of operating handles door latches color and type of nameplates
Step 6 Selection ChecklistComplete the selection checklist and contact your local sales office
Step 3 Select Power SystemsChoose 3 or 4 wire electrical system horizontal and vertical power bus capacity bus withstand and short circuit withstand rating
Step 5 Select Unit TypesChoose the type of units from lugs and breakers non-motor loads starters soft starters variable frequency drive and PLCs
Select Unit Designs
Select Structure
Select Power Systems
Select Unit Types
Selection Checklist
Select Network Technology
10
Selection ProcessUse the following sections in this publication to select a CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center
Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11
Select Network Technology
Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network
Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays
IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information
Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning
IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics
EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration
NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise
The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system
Select Network Technology
12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
EtherNetIP
Devices
Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column
Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire
Cabling
The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution
System Performance
The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud
An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices
(1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches
EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13
EtherNetIP Components
Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet
IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP
POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system
The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter
settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes
bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches
For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003
DeviceNet
Devices
DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors
Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system
Cabling
All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
Select Network Technology
14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
System Performance
The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)
The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its
replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet
systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data
via IO explicit messaging
DeviceNet Components
Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state
overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet
starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary
For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002
IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views
Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process
bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them
bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring
diagrams or spare parts
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15
Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields
bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real
time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor
view
Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result
Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information
Manuals and Wiring Diagrams
The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most
bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC
bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams
bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC
bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings
Spreadsheet View
This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information
bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type
Monitor View
Energy Monitoring and Management View
Spare Parts List View
Event Log View
The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes
Spare Parts List
A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor
Integration Assistant
IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time
bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC
bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)
bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application
Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network
IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized
When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC
Select Network Technology
16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17
Select Structure
Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front
bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the
rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly
Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information
For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration
Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service
Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage
Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations
Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together
Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block
Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site
Double Front Configuration
Single Front Configuration
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Typical Column
Top Wireway Endplates
Top Wireway Barrier
Top Wireway Cover
Vertical Wireway Door
Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly
Single Unit Support Pan
Bottom Plates
Top Wireway Pan
Center End Closing Plate
Horizontal Power Bus (3)
Network Wireway
Mounting Channels
Left Side Plate
Top Plate
Lifting Angle
Bottom Wireway Endplates
Bottom Wireway Cover
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19
Select Structure
Column Dimensions
All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified
Width
Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway
600(1) 600 None
700 500 200
800 300
900 400
1000 500
(1) Only for full column frame mount applications
Depth
Single Front Double Front
600 1200
800 1600 or 2000(1)
(1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns
Height
Dimension Measurement
Total height 2300
Available unit height 1980
Top horizontal wireway 170
Bottom horizontal wireway 115
External mounting channel 35
Weight(1) (kg)
Column Width
Column Depth
600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)
600 700 350 450
800 400 525
900 450 575
1000 500 650
(1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights
600hellip1000
170
1980
115
35
200hellip500500 or 600
600 or 800
2300
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings
bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)
Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps
Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment
The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC
The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information
Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance
The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request
Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover
WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location
Horizontal Wireways
Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns
Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup
Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11
Select Network Technology
Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network
Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays
IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information
Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning
IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics
EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration
NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise
The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system
Select Network Technology
12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
EtherNetIP
Devices
Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column
Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire
Cabling
The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution
System Performance
The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud
An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices
(1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches
EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13
EtherNetIP Components
Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet
IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP
POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system
The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter
settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes
bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches
For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003
DeviceNet
Devices
DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors
Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system
Cabling
All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
Select Network Technology
14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
System Performance
The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)
The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its
replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet
systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data
via IO explicit messaging
DeviceNet Components
Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state
overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet
starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary
For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002
IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views
Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process
bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them
bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring
diagrams or spare parts
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15
Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields
bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real
time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor
view
Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result
Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information
Manuals and Wiring Diagrams
The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most
bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC
bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams
bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC
bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings
Spreadsheet View
This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information
bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type
Monitor View
Energy Monitoring and Management View
Spare Parts List View
Event Log View
The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes
Spare Parts List
A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor
Integration Assistant
IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time
bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC
bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)
bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application
Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network
IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized
When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC
Select Network Technology
16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17
Select Structure
Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front
bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the
rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly
Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information
For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration
Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service
Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage
Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations
Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together
Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block
Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site
Double Front Configuration
Single Front Configuration
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Typical Column
Top Wireway Endplates
Top Wireway Barrier
Top Wireway Cover
Vertical Wireway Door
Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly
Single Unit Support Pan
Bottom Plates
Top Wireway Pan
Center End Closing Plate
Horizontal Power Bus (3)
Network Wireway
Mounting Channels
Left Side Plate
Top Plate
Lifting Angle
Bottom Wireway Endplates
Bottom Wireway Cover
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19
Select Structure
Column Dimensions
All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified
Width
Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway
600(1) 600 None
700 500 200
800 300
900 400
1000 500
(1) Only for full column frame mount applications
Depth
Single Front Double Front
600 1200
800 1600 or 2000(1)
(1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns
Height
Dimension Measurement
Total height 2300
Available unit height 1980
Top horizontal wireway 170
Bottom horizontal wireway 115
External mounting channel 35
Weight(1) (kg)
Column Width
Column Depth
600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)
600 700 350 450
800 400 525
900 450 575
1000 500 650
(1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights
600hellip1000
170
1980
115
35
200hellip500500 or 600
600 or 800
2300
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings
bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)
Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps
Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment
The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC
The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information
Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance
The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request
Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover
WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location
Horizontal Wireways
Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns
Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup
Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Network Technology
12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
EtherNetIP
Devices
Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column
Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire
Cabling
The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution
System Performance
The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud
An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices
(1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches
EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13
EtherNetIP Components
Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet
IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP
POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system
The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter
settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes
bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches
For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003
DeviceNet
Devices
DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors
Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system
Cabling
All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
Select Network Technology
14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
System Performance
The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)
The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its
replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet
systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data
via IO explicit messaging
DeviceNet Components
Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state
overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet
starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary
For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002
IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views
Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process
bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them
bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring
diagrams or spare parts
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15
Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields
bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real
time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor
view
Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result
Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information
Manuals and Wiring Diagrams
The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most
bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC
bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams
bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC
bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings
Spreadsheet View
This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information
bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type
Monitor View
Energy Monitoring and Management View
Spare Parts List View
Event Log View
The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes
Spare Parts List
A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor
Integration Assistant
IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time
bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC
bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)
bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application
Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network
IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized
When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC
Select Network Technology
16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17
Select Structure
Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front
bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the
rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly
Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information
For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration
Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service
Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage
Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations
Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together
Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block
Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site
Double Front Configuration
Single Front Configuration
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Typical Column
Top Wireway Endplates
Top Wireway Barrier
Top Wireway Cover
Vertical Wireway Door
Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly
Single Unit Support Pan
Bottom Plates
Top Wireway Pan
Center End Closing Plate
Horizontal Power Bus (3)
Network Wireway
Mounting Channels
Left Side Plate
Top Plate
Lifting Angle
Bottom Wireway Endplates
Bottom Wireway Cover
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19
Select Structure
Column Dimensions
All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified
Width
Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway
600(1) 600 None
700 500 200
800 300
900 400
1000 500
(1) Only for full column frame mount applications
Depth
Single Front Double Front
600 1200
800 1600 or 2000(1)
(1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns
Height
Dimension Measurement
Total height 2300
Available unit height 1980
Top horizontal wireway 170
Bottom horizontal wireway 115
External mounting channel 35
Weight(1) (kg)
Column Width
Column Depth
600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)
600 700 350 450
800 400 525
900 450 575
1000 500 650
(1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights
600hellip1000
170
1980
115
35
200hellip500500 or 600
600 or 800
2300
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings
bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)
Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps
Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment
The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC
The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information
Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance
The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request
Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover
WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location
Horizontal Wireways
Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns
Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup
Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13
EtherNetIP Components
Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet
IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP
POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system
The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter
settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes
bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches
For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003
DeviceNet
Devices
DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors
Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system
Cabling
All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads
The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage
Select Network Technology
14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
System Performance
The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)
The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its
replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet
systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data
via IO explicit messaging
DeviceNet Components
Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state
overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet
starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary
For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002
IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views
Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process
bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them
bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring
diagrams or spare parts
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15
Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields
bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real
time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor
view
Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result
Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information
Manuals and Wiring Diagrams
The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most
bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC
bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams
bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC
bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings
Spreadsheet View
This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information
bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type
Monitor View
Energy Monitoring and Management View
Spare Parts List View
Event Log View
The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes
Spare Parts List
A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor
Integration Assistant
IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time
bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC
bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)
bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application
Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network
IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized
When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC
Select Network Technology
16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17
Select Structure
Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front
bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the
rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly
Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information
For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration
Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service
Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage
Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations
Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together
Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block
Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site
Double Front Configuration
Single Front Configuration
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Typical Column
Top Wireway Endplates
Top Wireway Barrier
Top Wireway Cover
Vertical Wireway Door
Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly
Single Unit Support Pan
Bottom Plates
Top Wireway Pan
Center End Closing Plate
Horizontal Power Bus (3)
Network Wireway
Mounting Channels
Left Side Plate
Top Plate
Lifting Angle
Bottom Wireway Endplates
Bottom Wireway Cover
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19
Select Structure
Column Dimensions
All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified
Width
Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway
600(1) 600 None
700 500 200
800 300
900 400
1000 500
(1) Only for full column frame mount applications
Depth
Single Front Double Front
600 1200
800 1600 or 2000(1)
(1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns
Height
Dimension Measurement
Total height 2300
Available unit height 1980
Top horizontal wireway 170
Bottom horizontal wireway 115
External mounting channel 35
Weight(1) (kg)
Column Width
Column Depth
600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)
600 700 350 450
800 400 525
900 450 575
1000 500 650
(1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights
600hellip1000
170
1980
115
35
200hellip500500 or 600
600 or 800
2300
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings
bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)
Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps
Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment
The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC
The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information
Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance
The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request
Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover
WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location
Horizontal Wireways
Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns
Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup
Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Network Technology
14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
System Performance
The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)
The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its
replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet
systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data
via IO explicit messaging
DeviceNet Components
Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state
overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet
starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary
For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002
IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views
Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process
bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them
bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring
diagrams or spare parts
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15
Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields
bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real
time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor
view
Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result
Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information
Manuals and Wiring Diagrams
The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most
bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC
bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams
bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC
bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings
Spreadsheet View
This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information
bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type
Monitor View
Energy Monitoring and Management View
Spare Parts List View
Event Log View
The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes
Spare Parts List
A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor
Integration Assistant
IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time
bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC
bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)
bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application
Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network
IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized
When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC
Select Network Technology
16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17
Select Structure
Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front
bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the
rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly
Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information
For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration
Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service
Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage
Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations
Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together
Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block
Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site
Double Front Configuration
Single Front Configuration
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Typical Column
Top Wireway Endplates
Top Wireway Barrier
Top Wireway Cover
Vertical Wireway Door
Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly
Single Unit Support Pan
Bottom Plates
Top Wireway Pan
Center End Closing Plate
Horizontal Power Bus (3)
Network Wireway
Mounting Channels
Left Side Plate
Top Plate
Lifting Angle
Bottom Wireway Endplates
Bottom Wireway Cover
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19
Select Structure
Column Dimensions
All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified
Width
Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway
600(1) 600 None
700 500 200
800 300
900 400
1000 500
(1) Only for full column frame mount applications
Depth
Single Front Double Front
600 1200
800 1600 or 2000(1)
(1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns
Height
Dimension Measurement
Total height 2300
Available unit height 1980
Top horizontal wireway 170
Bottom horizontal wireway 115
External mounting channel 35
Weight(1) (kg)
Column Width
Column Depth
600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)
600 700 350 450
800 400 525
900 450 575
1000 500 650
(1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights
600hellip1000
170
1980
115
35
200hellip500500 or 600
600 or 800
2300
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings
bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)
Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps
Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment
The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC
The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information
Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance
The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request
Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover
WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location
Horizontal Wireways
Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns
Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup
Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Network Technology
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15
Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields
bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real
time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor
view
Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result
Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information
Manuals and Wiring Diagrams
The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most
bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC
bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams
bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC
bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings
Spreadsheet View
This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information
bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type
Monitor View
Energy Monitoring and Management View
Spare Parts List View
Event Log View
The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes
Spare Parts List
A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor
Integration Assistant
IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time
bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC
bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)
bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application
Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network
IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized
When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC
Select Network Technology
16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17
Select Structure
Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front
bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the
rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly
Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information
For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration
Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service
Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage
Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations
Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together
Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block
Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site
Double Front Configuration
Single Front Configuration
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Typical Column
Top Wireway Endplates
Top Wireway Barrier
Top Wireway Cover
Vertical Wireway Door
Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly
Single Unit Support Pan
Bottom Plates
Top Wireway Pan
Center End Closing Plate
Horizontal Power Bus (3)
Network Wireway
Mounting Channels
Left Side Plate
Top Plate
Lifting Angle
Bottom Wireway Endplates
Bottom Wireway Cover
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19
Select Structure
Column Dimensions
All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified
Width
Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway
600(1) 600 None
700 500 200
800 300
900 400
1000 500
(1) Only for full column frame mount applications
Depth
Single Front Double Front
600 1200
800 1600 or 2000(1)
(1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns
Height
Dimension Measurement
Total height 2300
Available unit height 1980
Top horizontal wireway 170
Bottom horizontal wireway 115
External mounting channel 35
Weight(1) (kg)
Column Width
Column Depth
600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)
600 700 350 450
800 400 525
900 450 575
1000 500 650
(1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights
600hellip1000
170
1980
115
35
200hellip500500 or 600
600 or 800
2300
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings
bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)
Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps
Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment
The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC
The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information
Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance
The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request
Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover
WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location
Horizontal Wireways
Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns
Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup
Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Event Log View
The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes
Spare Parts List
A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor
Integration Assistant
IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time
bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC
bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)
bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application
Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network
IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized
When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC
Select Network Technology
16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17
Select Structure
Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front
bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the
rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly
Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information
For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration
Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service
Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage
Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations
Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together
Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block
Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site
Double Front Configuration
Single Front Configuration
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Typical Column
Top Wireway Endplates
Top Wireway Barrier
Top Wireway Cover
Vertical Wireway Door
Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly
Single Unit Support Pan
Bottom Plates
Top Wireway Pan
Center End Closing Plate
Horizontal Power Bus (3)
Network Wireway
Mounting Channels
Left Side Plate
Top Plate
Lifting Angle
Bottom Wireway Endplates
Bottom Wireway Cover
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19
Select Structure
Column Dimensions
All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified
Width
Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway
600(1) 600 None
700 500 200
800 300
900 400
1000 500
(1) Only for full column frame mount applications
Depth
Single Front Double Front
600 1200
800 1600 or 2000(1)
(1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns
Height
Dimension Measurement
Total height 2300
Available unit height 1980
Top horizontal wireway 170
Bottom horizontal wireway 115
External mounting channel 35
Weight(1) (kg)
Column Width
Column Depth
600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)
600 700 350 450
800 400 525
900 450 575
1000 500 650
(1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights
600hellip1000
170
1980
115
35
200hellip500500 or 600
600 or 800
2300
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings
bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)
Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps
Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment
The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC
The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information
Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance
The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request
Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover
WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location
Horizontal Wireways
Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns
Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup
Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17
Select Structure
Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front
bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the
rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly
Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information
For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration
Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers
The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service
Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage
Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations
Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together
Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block
Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site
Double Front Configuration
Single Front Configuration
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Typical Column
Top Wireway Endplates
Top Wireway Barrier
Top Wireway Cover
Vertical Wireway Door
Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly
Single Unit Support Pan
Bottom Plates
Top Wireway Pan
Center End Closing Plate
Horizontal Power Bus (3)
Network Wireway
Mounting Channels
Left Side Plate
Top Plate
Lifting Angle
Bottom Wireway Endplates
Bottom Wireway Cover
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19
Select Structure
Column Dimensions
All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified
Width
Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway
600(1) 600 None
700 500 200
800 300
900 400
1000 500
(1) Only for full column frame mount applications
Depth
Single Front Double Front
600 1200
800 1600 or 2000(1)
(1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns
Height
Dimension Measurement
Total height 2300
Available unit height 1980
Top horizontal wireway 170
Bottom horizontal wireway 115
External mounting channel 35
Weight(1) (kg)
Column Width
Column Depth
600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)
600 700 350 450
800 400 525
900 450 575
1000 500 650
(1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights
600hellip1000
170
1980
115
35
200hellip500500 or 600
600 or 800
2300
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings
bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)
Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps
Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment
The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC
The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information
Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance
The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request
Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover
WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location
Horizontal Wireways
Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns
Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup
Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Typical Column
Top Wireway Endplates
Top Wireway Barrier
Top Wireway Cover
Vertical Wireway Door
Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly
Single Unit Support Pan
Bottom Plates
Top Wireway Pan
Center End Closing Plate
Horizontal Power Bus (3)
Network Wireway
Mounting Channels
Left Side Plate
Top Plate
Lifting Angle
Bottom Wireway Endplates
Bottom Wireway Cover
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19
Select Structure
Column Dimensions
All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified
Width
Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway
600(1) 600 None
700 500 200
800 300
900 400
1000 500
(1) Only for full column frame mount applications
Depth
Single Front Double Front
600 1200
800 1600 or 2000(1)
(1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns
Height
Dimension Measurement
Total height 2300
Available unit height 1980
Top horizontal wireway 170
Bottom horizontal wireway 115
External mounting channel 35
Weight(1) (kg)
Column Width
Column Depth
600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)
600 700 350 450
800 400 525
900 450 575
1000 500 650
(1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights
600hellip1000
170
1980
115
35
200hellip500500 or 600
600 or 800
2300
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings
bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)
Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps
Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment
The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC
The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information
Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance
The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request
Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover
WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location
Horizontal Wireways
Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns
Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup
Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19
Select Structure
Column Dimensions
All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified
Width
Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway
600(1) 600 None
700 500 200
800 300
900 400
1000 500
(1) Only for full column frame mount applications
Depth
Single Front Double Front
600 1200
800 1600 or 2000(1)
(1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns
Height
Dimension Measurement
Total height 2300
Available unit height 1980
Top horizontal wireway 170
Bottom horizontal wireway 115
External mounting channel 35
Weight(1) (kg)
Column Width
Column Depth
600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)
600 700 350 450
800 400 525
900 450 575
1000 500 650
(1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights
600hellip1000
170
1980
115
35
200hellip500500 or 600
600 or 800
2300
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings
bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)
Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps
Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment
The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC
The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information
Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance
The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request
Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover
WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location
Horizontal Wireways
Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns
Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup
Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings
bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)
Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps
Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment
The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC
The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information
Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance
The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request
Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover
WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location
Horizontal Wireways
Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns
Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup
Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21
Select Structure
Vertical Wireway
The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section
The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units
Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized
Top Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway
Door
Bottom Horizontal Wireway
Vertical Wireway Door
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Structure
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring
The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway
Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following
bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system
In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring
Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways
Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit
Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Structure
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23
ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms
CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7
Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits
bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC
bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure
bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system
bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel
bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault
bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment
Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection
IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed
bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation
Pressure relief system
Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges
Insulating covers between columns
Arc-containment Door Latches
Certificates of Attestation are available upon request
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Power Systems
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Power Systems
CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated
Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC
The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring
The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus
The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement
Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system
Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors
The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include
bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature
helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
Vertical Bus Standard Features
Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance
Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when
unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is
removed
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25
Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper
Bus Rating
Busbar Quantity
Busbar
Dimensions (mm)
Bus Bracing System(1)
Withstand Ratings(2)
lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s
lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA
800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X
1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X
2000 A 1 1
6 x 100 10 x 100
Standard Standard
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X
3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
Standard with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers
65 kA with glastic supports
X X X X X X X
(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l
cw) and short circuit peak (l
pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)
Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs
The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available
Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus
The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus
The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating
The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column
The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus
Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Power Systems
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit
Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor
The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads
An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section
Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor
An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor
The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit
Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Power Systems
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27
Select Unit Designs
All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column
Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules
Unit StyleUnits are available as either
bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center
2 Module Unit
8 Module Unit
4 Module Unit
Single Module Unit
Four Modules Unit
24 Modules Total
Unit Type Module Size
Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fixed mount 2hellip24
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Designs
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position
Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units
Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit
For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position
Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit
Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position
Withdraw Lever
Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position
Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed
Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever
Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever
Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion
Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29
Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions
Connection Present
Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position
Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)
Test radic radic radic radic
Disconnected radic radic
Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic
(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed
Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus
Unit Connections
Unit Type
Fully Withdrawable Fixed
Load Withdrawable Fixed
Line Withdrawable Fixed
PE Withdrawable Fixed
Control Withdrawable Fixed
Network Withdrawable Disconnected
Operating positions Connected test disconnected released
Fixed
Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Designs
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means
The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position
The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position
Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected
Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units
Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied
Rotary operating handles not shown to scale
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31
Stab Assembly
Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase
The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs
Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges
The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus
One Module Stab Assembly
The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs
One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A
Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece
Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected
Guide PinsPE Contact
Withdrawable One Module
Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units
Power Stab
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Designs
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection
Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches
The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors
Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information
Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches
Door Latches (Standard)
Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch
Arc Containment Latch
Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch
Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available
bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or
red with white lettering
Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available
Control ConnectionNetwork Connection
Standard 14 Turn Latch
Locked Position Released Position
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Designs
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33
Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required
Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing
Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position
Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional
Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2
Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door
Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring
The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation
E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Designs
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs
Main and Feeder Units
Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks
Lug Components
Cable Provisions(1)
Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column
Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)
300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800
600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2
(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2
(2) 240 mm26
(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24
800 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 400 mm2
(2) 300 mm2
(4) 240 mm2
(3) 240 mm2
(4) 185 mm26
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 185 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1200 (2) 500 mm2
(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm24
(1) 500 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 300 mm2
(2) 400 mm2
(4) 240 mm28
(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24
1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2
2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2
(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35
Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units
The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings
MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals
They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified
MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip
For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36
For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39
Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-KC3-D35
400 140G-KC3-D40
500 140G-MC3-D50 10
600 140G-MC3-D60
700 140G-MC3-D70
800 140G-MC3-D80
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style
Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800
350 140G-K3-D40
400
500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)
600
700 140G-M3-D80
800
1200 140G-N3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800
16 140M-D8E-C16
20 140M-D8E-C20
25 140M-D8E-C25
30 140G-GC3-C30 2
35 140G-GC3-C35
40 140G-GC3-C40
45 140G-GC3-C45
50 140G-GC3-C50
60 140G-GC3-C60
70 140G-GC3-C70
80 140G-GC3-C80
90 140G-GC3-C90
100 140G-GC3-D10
110 140G-GC3-D11
125 140G-GC3-D12
160 140G-GE3-D16
175 140G-IC3-D17
200 140G-IC3-D20 4
225 140G-IC3-D22
250 140G-JF3-D25 4
300 140G-KH3-D30
350 140G-KH3-D40
400
500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)
600
700 140G-MH3-D80
800
1200 140G-NH3-E12 14
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37
Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Amperes
Protection Type
Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800
LSIG 140G-HI3-C25
40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C40
60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-C60
LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-C60
100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D10
LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4
LSIG 140G-JI3-D10
125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D12
150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4
LSIG 140G-J13-D15
160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2
LSIG 140G-HI3-D16
250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)
LSIG 140G-JI3-D25
300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30
LSIG 140G-KI3-D30
400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40
LSIG 140G-KI3-D40
630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)
LSIG 140G-MI3-D63
800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80
LSIG 140G-MI3-D80
1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)
LSIG 140G-NI3-E12
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains
The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available
The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54
The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards
bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39
Protection Modes
PR121 PR122 PR123
Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG
Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication
LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display
Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering
Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3
EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection
Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication
Fault History Fault History
ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI
Harmonic Metering
Terminal Temperature Protection
Trip Circuit Supervision
Pre-trip Alarm
Earth Leakage
Motor Protection
Power Metering and Protection
Breaker Failure Feedback
Digital InputRelay Outputs
Maintenance Indication
For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35
Mains Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Feeders Air Circuit Breakers
Amperes
Circuit Breaker Frame Size
Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)
Available Column Widths (mm)
Available Column Depths (mm)
800 E2 24 700 600 800
1250
1600
2000 E3 800 800
2500
3200 E4 900
4000 1000
(1) Fixed mount style
Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123
Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others
Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41
Starter Units
Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation
DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing
Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB
55
75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB
11 100-C2310 2(5)
15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4
37
45 140MG-J8P-
75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)
160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG
185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)
220
(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43
Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously
These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials
DOLR starter with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils
- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges
bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions
Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)
Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication
Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45
Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)
Electronic Overload Relay(2)
Input VoltagekW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)
380415440460480VIP204254
08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)
30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD
55
75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD
11
15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD
185 mdash
22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE
37 4
45 140MG-J8P-
75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8
90
110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)
160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG
185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)
220
(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style
Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles
SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual
ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop
bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking
bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication
When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed
For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47
For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49
SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses
SMC Flex with circuit breaker
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
380415V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
200A Size 1
90 mdash
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)
Motor Rating Circuit Breakers
SMC Flex Cat No
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses
Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage
kW
(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)
440460480V IP204254
075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8
4A Size 000
22 140M-D8N- mdash
6A Size 000
4 150-F25NBD mdash
16A Size 000
75 mdash
20A Size 000
11 mdash
40A Size 000
15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash
40A Size 000
22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash
63A Size 000
30 150-F60NBD mdash
80A Size 00
45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash
125A Size 00
55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)
125A Size 00
75 150-F135NBD mdash
200A Size 1
90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)
250A Size 1
110 140MG-K8P- mdash
355A Size 2
132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash
355A Size 2
160 150-F317NBD mdash
500A Size 3
185 150-F361NBD mdash
500A Size 3
220 150-F480NBD mdash
630A Size 3
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49
SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles
Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755
PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency
output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque
bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51
For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52
For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53
For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54
For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56
For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor
PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51
PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B
55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8
75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D
185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E
22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability
PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525
VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Module Size(3)(4)
Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith
Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor
With Line
Reactor
With Load
Reactor
With Both
Reactors
380415hellip480V AC IP20
075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6
22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B
55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8
75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D
185 25B-D037N114 E
22 25B-D043N114
(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53
PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753
VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755
VFD Cat NoFrame
Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8
20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2
15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B
20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2
22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1
20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2
4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B
20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2
55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B
20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2
75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B
20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2
11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B
15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10
1321-3R35-B
185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash
1321-3R45-B
22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510
1321-3R45-B 12
30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)
1321-3R80-B
45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash
1321-3R80-B
55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash
1321-3R100-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide
Select Unit Types
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55
PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)
Drive Ratings
Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)
PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No
PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No
Frame Size
Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)
Reactor Cat No(3)
Module
Size(4)
(1 = 80 mm)Input
Voltage kW(1)
Output Current
Amps
400V AC IP204254
75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)
1321-3R160-B
90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash
1321-3R200-B
110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash
1321-3R200-B
132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash
1321-3RB250-B
160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)
1321-3RB320-B
200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash
1321-3RB400-B
250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash
1321-3R500-B
(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights
- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test
bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position
bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs
bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module
- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel
bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57
PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10
PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages
bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design
Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information
IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional
Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10
IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)
Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices
Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)
A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles
EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely
DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers
Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network
Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups
Linking Devices
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2
Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2
EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller
Ethernet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
Ethernet power supply 2
Redundant Ethernet power supply 4
Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Select Unit Types
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59
Select Unit Types
DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability
The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply
Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers
For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001
IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules
DeviceNet Power Supply Units
Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm
DeviceNet power supply 2
Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4
Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)
(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Select Unit Types
Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006
IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1
2004108EC200695EC
Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive
Certifications and Markings
ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10
httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage
Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency fn
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase
Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I
e
Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk
Short Time Withstand Rating Icw
Neutral (N)
Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)
Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated
Creepage Distances and Clearances
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree
6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3
Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)
Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)
Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54
Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b
Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth
See page 19
Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes
80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules
Structural Surface Treatments
InteriorExterior
G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)
Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude
-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m
(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61
Selection Checklist
Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences
Customer User
Office
Certifications and Markings
rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)
Incoming Power
Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V
System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance
Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz
Available fault current kA
Control Power
Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC
Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity
r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source
Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway
Structure
Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)
ArcShieldreg r Yes r No
Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b
Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front
Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm
Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)
r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)
Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)
External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)
Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)
Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters
Bus
Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second
Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None
Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)
Protective earth (PE) conductor
Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)
Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm
Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)
Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)
Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Selection Checklist
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
IntelliCENTERreg
Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000
Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____
r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____
Other Network Options
r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device
Incoming Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A
Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom
Number of cables per phase Cable size
Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs
r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses
r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________
r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______
r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release
r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release
Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch
r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000
Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision
Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size
Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied
Feeder Units
Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied
Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other
Nameplates
Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic
Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)
Door Latches
Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)
Wire Markers
Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink
Spares
r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)
Direct On Line Starter Units(3)
Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring
Overload reset r External (door mounted)
Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4
Protection r Type 1 r Type 2
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic
Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____
Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Selection Checklist
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
Soft Starter Units(1)
Unit type r SMCtrade Flex
Connection r Line r Delta
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65
PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)
Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755
Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty
Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW
Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker
Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)
Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed
Options and Accessories
Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps
bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)
Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No
bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)
Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function
Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only
Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control
Reactor type r Line r Load
Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)
Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Selection Checklist
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014
DeviceNet Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit
Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external
Location (specify)
Miscellaneous Units(1)
r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________
List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
r Extra space for future units
Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)
Motor List
Unit Description Rating Module Size
(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Selection Checklist
Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67
Notes
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-
Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
- Table of Contents
- Whatrsquos New
- CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
-
- Select Network Technology
-
- Network
- IntelliCENTER Software
-
- Select Structure
-
- ArcShield Technology
-
- Select Power Systems
- Select Unit Designs
-
- Unit Size
- Unit Style
- Rotary Operating Handles
- Unit Disconnect Means
- Stab Assembly
- Control and Network Connections
- Unit Doors
- Control Power
-
- Select Unit Types
-
- Main and Feeder Units
- Starter Units
- Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
- Network PLC and IO Compartments
- Review MCC Technical Specifications
-
- Selection Checklist
- Back Cover
-